Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023081665A1 - Compounds as crr2 modulators - Google Patents

Compounds as crr2 modulators Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023081665A1
WO2023081665A1 PCT/US2022/079093 US2022079093W WO2023081665A1 WO 2023081665 A1 WO2023081665 A1 WO 2023081665A1 US 2022079093 W US2022079093 W US 2022079093W WO 2023081665 A1 WO2023081665 A1 WO 2023081665A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
heteroaryl
aryl
heterocyclyl
cycloalkyl
alkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2022/079093
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Anjali Pandey
Biswajit Kalita
Athisayamani Jeyaraj DURAISWAMY
Original Assignee
Aria Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Aria Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Aria Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Publication of WO2023081665A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023081665A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/56—Ring systems containing three or more rings
    • C07D209/96—Spiro-condensed ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/10—Spiro-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates generally to small molecule modulators of chemotactic cytokines (chemokine) receptor CCR2 and their use as therapeutic agents.
  • chemokine chemotactic cytokines
  • Chemotactic cytokines also known as chemokines, intercrines, and SIS cytokines, are a group of inflammatory/immunomodulatory polypeptide factors released at disease sites (e.g., inflammatory sites) by cells including, for example, macrophages, monocytes, fibroblasts, vascular endothelial cells, eosinophils, neutrophiles, smooth muscle cells, and mast cells. They bind to chemokine receptors, causing the transduction of an intracellular signal through the associated trimeric G proteins. As a result, a rapid increase in intracellular calcium concentration occurs, along with changes in cell shape, increased expression of cellular adhesion molecules, degranulation, and promotion of cell migration. Such directed cell migration is known as chemotaxis, which, for example, attract monocytes and lymphocytes to disease sites and mediate their activation.
  • chemotaxis which, for example, attract monocytes and lymphocytes to disease sites and mediate their activation.
  • Monocyte chemoattractant protein-1 (MCP-1/CCL2) is a specific ligand for CCR2. Bitiditig of MCP-1 to CCR2 induces chemotaxis, which regulates migration and infiltration of monocytes/macrophages. High expression of MCP-1 has been reported in diseases where accumulation of monocyte/macrophage and/or T cells is thought to be important in the initiation or progression of diseases.
  • chemokine receptor antagonists or modulators may be useful as pharmaceutical agents to inhibit the action of chemokines on a wide range of diseases and conditions. These diseases include, but are not limited to, psoriasis, uveitis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, restenosis, asthma, obesity, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, myocarditis, ulcerative colitis, nephritis (nephropathy), lupus, systemic lupus erythematosus, hepatitis, pancreatitis, sarcoidosis, organ transplantation, Crohn’s disease, endometriosis, congestive heart failure, viral meningitis, cerebral infarction, neuropathy, Kawasaki disease, experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis, and sepsis in which tissue infiltration of blood leukocytes, such as monocytes and lymphocytes, play a major role in the
  • CCR2 is a chemokine receptor, a member of the super family of seven-transmembrane G- protein coupled receptor, and is predominantly expressed on monocytes.
  • the CCR2 receptor a type of receptor for the CC family chemokines, is the primary receptor to MCP-1. Therefore, by modulating (e.g., antagonizing, such as using antagonists or inhibitors) the activity of CCR2 receptors, certain medical benefit may be realized.
  • the “CC” family of chemokine contains two amino terminal cysteine residues (C) that are immediately adjacent (as opposed to be separated by one amino acid, known as the “CXC” family), and shows sequence similarities between 25 to 60% within the family.
  • CCR2 inhibitors for treatment of several diseases.
  • DESCRIPTION [0006]
  • CCR2 CCR2
  • compounds that are modulators of chemokine receptor activity in particular modulating activity of CCR2 receptor.
  • the compounds modulate the regulation of CCR2 receptor.
  • the compounds act via antagonism of the CCR2 receptor.
  • the compounds modulate the interaction between CCR2 receptor and ligands to the CCR2 receptor.
  • the compounds modulate the interaction between CCR2 receptor and chemokines. In some embodiments, the compounds modulate the interaction between CCR2 receptor and MCP-1. In some embodiments, provided are compounds that act as inhibitors to the CCR2 receptor by interfering with the binding of chemokines with the CCR2 receptor. In some embodiments, provided are compounds that act as CCR2 antagonists. [0008] In another embodiment, provided is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a method for treating a disease or condition mediated, at least in part, by CCR2 receptor comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof.
  • a method for treating a disease or condition, at least in part, by regulation of CCR2 receptor comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, to a subject in need thereof.
  • a method for treating a disease or condition, at least in part, by a CCR2 antagonist comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, to a subject in need thereof.
  • a method for treating a disease or condition, at least in part, by inhibiting CCR2 receptor comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, to a subject in need thereof.
  • the disclosure also provides compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions, kits that include the compounds, and methods of using (or administering) and making the compounds.
  • the disclosure further provides compounds or compositions thereof for use in a method of treating a disease, disorder, or condition that is mediated, at least in part, by CCR2 receptor.
  • the disclosure provides uses of the compounds or compositions thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder, or condition that is mediated, at least in part, by CCR2 receptor, such as lupus, atherosclerosis, fibrosis, cancer, metabolic, and autoimmune diseases.
  • CCR2 receptor such as lupus, atherosclerosis, fibrosis, cancer, metabolic, and autoimmune diseases.
  • a dash (“-”) that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent.
  • -C(O)NH 2 is attached through the carbon atom.
  • a dash at the front or end of a chemical group is a matter of convenience; chemical groups may be depicted with or without one or more dashes without losing their ordinary meaning.
  • a wavy line or a dashed line drawn through a line in a structure indicates a specified point of attachment of a group. Unless chemically or structurally required, no directionality or stereochemistry is indicated or implied by the order in which a chemical group is written or named.
  • the prefix “C u-v ” indicates that the following group has from u to v carbon atoms.
  • C 1-6 alkyl indicates that the alkyl group has from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Reference to “about” a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se.
  • the term “about” includes the indicated amount ⁇ 10%.
  • the term “about” includes the indicated amount ⁇ 5%.
  • the term “about” includes the indicated amount ⁇ 1%.
  • to the term “about X” includes description of “X”.
  • the singular forms “a” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • alkyl refers to an unbranched or branched saturated hydrocarbon chain. As used herein, alkyl has 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-20 alkyl), 1 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-12 alkyl), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-8 alkyl), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-6 alkyl), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-4 alkyl).
  • alkyl groups include, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl.
  • butyl includes n-butyl (i.e., -(CH 2 ) 3 CH 3 ), sec-butyl (i.e., -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ), isobutyl (i.e., -CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ) and tert-butyl (i.e., -C(CH 3 ) 3 ); and “propyl” includes n-propyl (i.e., -(CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 ) and isopropyl (i.e., -CH(CH 3 ) 2 ).
  • a divalent group such as a divalent “alkyl” group, a divalent “aryl” group, etc.
  • a divalent group such as a divalent “alkyl” group, a divalent “aryl” group, etc.
  • combinations of groups are referred to herein as one moiety, e.g., arylalkyl or aralkyl, the last mentioned group contains the atom by which the moiety is attached to the rest of the molecule.
  • Alkenyl refers to an alkyl group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-20 alkenyl), 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-8 alkenyl), 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-6 alkenyl) or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-4 alkenyl).
  • alkenyl groups include, e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, and butadienyl (including 1,2-butadienyl and 1,3-butadienyl).
  • Alkynyl refers to an alkyl group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-20 alkynyl), 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-8 alkynyl), 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-6 alkynyl), or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-4 alkynyl).
  • alkynyl also includes those groups having one triple bond and one double bond.
  • Alkoxy refers to the group “alkyl-O-”.
  • alkoxy groups include, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, and 1,2- dimethylbutoxy.
  • Alkoxyalkyl refers to the group “alkyl-O-alkyl”.
  • Alkylthio refers to the group “alkyl-S-”.
  • Alkylsulfinyl refers to the group “alkyl-S(O)-”.
  • Alkylsulfonyl refers to the group “alkyl-S(O) 2 -”.
  • Alkylsulfonylalkyl refers to -alkyl-S(O) 2 -alkyl.
  • “Acyl” refers to a group -C(O)R y , wherein R y is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • Examples of acyl include, e.g., formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethyl- carbonyl, and benzoyl.
  • “Amido” refers to both a “C-amido” group which refers to the group -C(O)NR y R z and an “N- amido” group which refers to the group -NR y C(O)R z , wherein R y and R z are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein, or R y and R z are taken together to form a cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • Amino refers to the group -NR y R z wherein R y and R z are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • Aminoalkyl refers to the group “-alkyl-NR y R z ,” wherein R y and R z are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • “Amidino” refers to -C(NR y )(NR z 2), wherein R y and R z are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • “Aryl” refers to an aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g., monocyclic) or multiple rings (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) including fused systems.
  • aryl has 6 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 6-20 aryl), 6 to 12 carbon ring atoms (i.e., C 6-12 aryl), or 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms (i.e., C 6-10 aryl).
  • aryl groups include, e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl and anthryl.
  • Aryl does not encompass or overlap in any way with heteroaryl defined below. If one or more aryl groups are fused with a heteroaryl, the resulting ring system is heteroaryl. If one or more aryl groups are fused with a heterocyclyl, the resulting ring system is heterocyclyl.
  • Arylalkyl or “Aralkyl” refers to the group “aryl-alkyl-”.
  • Carbamoyl refers to both an “O-carbamoyl” group which refers to the group -O-C(O)NR y R z and an “N-carbamoyl” group which refers to the group -NR y C(O)OR z , wherein R y and R z are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • Carboxyl ester or “ester” refer to both -OC(O)R x and -C(O)OR x , wherein R x is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • Cyanoalkyl refers to refers to an alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more (e.g., one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a cyano (-CN) group.
  • Cycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic alkyl group having a single ring or multiple rings including fused, bridged and spiro ring systems.
  • the term “cycloalkyl” includes cycloalkenyl groups (i.e., the cyclic group having at least one double bond) and carbocyclic fused ring systems having at least one sp 3 carbon atom (i.e., at least one non-aromatic ring).
  • cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-20 cycloalkyl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-12 cycloalkyl), 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-10 cycloalkyl), 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-8 cycloalkyl), or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-6 cycloalkyl).
  • Monocyclic groups include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
  • Polycyclic groups include, for example, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl, 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkyl is intended to encompass any non-aromatic ring which may be fused to an aryl ring, regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule.
  • cycloalkyl also includes “spirocycloalkyl” when there are two positions for substitution on the same carbon atom, for example spiro[2.5]octanyl, spiro[4.5]decanyl, or spiro[5.5]undecanyl.
  • Cycloalkoxy refers to “-O-cycloalkyl.”
  • Cycloalkylalkyl refers to the group “cycloalkyl-alkyl-”.
  • Cycloalkylalkoxy refers to “-O-alkyl-cycloalkyl.”
  • “Hydrazino” refers to -NHNH 2 .
  • Imino refers to a group -C(NR y )R z , wherein R y and R z are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • “Imido” refers to a group -C(O)NR y C(O)R z , wherein R y and R z are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • “Halogen” or “halo” refers to atoms occupying group VIIA of the periodic table, such as fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
  • Haloalkyl refers to an unbranched or branched alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen.
  • a residue is substituted with more than one halogen, it may be referred to by using a prefix corresponding to the number of halogen moieties attached.
  • Dihaloalkyl and trihaloalkyl refer to alkyl substituted with two (“di”) or three (“tri”) halo groups, which may be, but are not necessarily, the same halogen.
  • haloalkyl examples include, e.g., trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1,2-difluoroethyl, 3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl, 1,2-dibromoethyl, and the like.
  • Haloalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group as defined above, wherein one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen.
  • Hydroxyalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a hydroxy group.
  • “Heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group, provided the point of attachment to the remainder of the molecule is through a carbon atom.
  • the term “heteroalkyl” includes unbranched or branched saturated chain having carbon and heteroatoms.
  • 1, 2 or 3 carbon atoms may be independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group.
  • Heteroatomic groups include, but are not limited to, -NR y -, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, and the like, wherein R y is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • heteroalkyl groups include, e.g., ethers (e.g., -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CH(CH 3 )OCH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , etc.), thioethers (e.g., -CH 2 SCH 3 , -CH(CH 3 )SCH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 SCH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 SCH 2 CH 2 SCH 3 , etc.), sulfones (e.g., -CH 2 S(O) 2 CH 3 , -CH(CH 3 )S(O) 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 S(O) 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , etc.) and amines (e.g., -CH 2 NR y CH 3 , -CH(CH 3 )NR y CH 3 ,
  • heteroalkyl includes 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and 1 to 3 heteroatoms, 1 to 2 heteroatoms, or 1 heteroatom.
  • “Heteroalkylene” refers to a divalent alkyl group (i.e., alkylene) in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group.
  • “Heteroalkylene” groups must have at least one carbon and at least one heteroatomic group within the chain.
  • the term “heteroalkylene” includes unbranched or branched saturated chain having carbon and heteroatoms.
  • 1, 2 or 3 carbon atoms may be independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group.
  • Heteroatomic groups include, but are not limited to, -NR y -, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, and the like, wherein R y is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • heteroalkylene groups include, e.g., -CH 2 OCH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )OCH 2 -, -CH2CH2OCH2-, -CH2CH2OCH2CH2OCH2-, -CH2SCH2-, -CH(CH3)SCH2-, -CH2CH2SCH2-, -CH 2 CH 2 SCH 2 CH 2 SCH 2 -, -CH 2 S(O) 2 CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )S(O) 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 S(O) 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 -, -CH 2 NR y CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )NR y CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 NR y CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 NR y CH 2 CH 2 NR y CH 2 -, etc., where R y is hydrogen, alkyl
  • heteroalkylene includes 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and 1 to 3 heteroatoms, 1 to 2 heteroatoms, or 1 heteroatom.
  • heteroalkylene does not include groups such as amides or other functional groups having an oxo present on one or more carbon atoms.
  • “Heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic group having a single ring, multiple rings or multiple fused rings, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl includes 1 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-20 heteroaryl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-12 heteroaryl), or 3 to 8 carbon ring atoms (i.e., C 3-8 heteroaryl); and 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl includes 5-10 membered ring systems, 5-7 membered ring systems, or 5-6 membered ring systems, each independently having 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl groups include, e.g., acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzindolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothienyl (benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl, benzo[4,6]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, 1-oxidopyridinyl, 1-oxidopyrimidinyl, 1-oxide
  • fused-heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, benzo[d]thiazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzo[b]thiophenyl, indazolyl, benzo[d]imidazolyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, and imidazo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, where the heteroaryl can be bound via either ring of the fused system. Any aromatic ring, having a single or multiple fused rings, containing at least one heteroatom, is considered a heteroaryl regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule (i.e., through any one of the fused rings).
  • Heteroaryl does not encompass or overlap with aryl as defined above.
  • “Heteroarylalkyl” refers to the group “heteroaryl-alkyl-”.
  • Heterocyclyl refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic alkyl group, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the term “heterocyclyl” includes heterocycloalkenyl groups (i.e., the heterocyclyl group having at least one double bond), bridged-heterocyclyl groups, fused-heterocyclyl groups, and spiro-heterocyclyl groups.
  • Any non-aromatic ring or fused ring system containing at least one heteroatom and one non-aromatic ring is considered a heterocyclyl, regardless of the attachment (i.e., can be bound through a carbon atom or a heteroatom).
  • heterocyclyl is intended to encompass any non-aromatic ring containing at least one heteroatom, which ring may be fused to a cycloalkyl, an aryl, or heteroaryl ring, regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule.
  • heterocyclyl is intended to encompass any non-aromatic ring containing at least one heteroatom, which ring may be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl ring, regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule.
  • heterocyclyl has 2 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-20 heterocyclyl), 2 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-12 heterocyclyl), 2 to 10 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-10 heterocyclyl), 2 to 8 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-8 heterocyclyl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-12 heterocyclyl), 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-8 heterocyclyl), or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-6 heterocyclyl); having 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen.
  • ring carbon atoms i.e., C 2-20 heterocyclyl
  • 2 to 12 ring carbon atoms i.
  • heterocyclyl groups include, e.g., azetidinyl, azepinyl, benzodioxolyl, benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, benzopyranyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranonyl, benzofuranonyl, dioxolanyl, dihydropyranyl, hydropyranyl, thienyl[1,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, furanonyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-ox
  • heterocyclyl also includes “spiroheterocyclyl” when there are two positions for substitution on the same carbon atom.
  • spiro-heterocyclyl rings include, e.g., bicyclic and tricyclic ring systems, such as 2-oxa-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonanyl, 2-oxa-6- azaspiro[3.4]octanyl and 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl.
  • fused-heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[2,3- c]pyridinyl, indolinyl and isoindolinyl, where the heterocyclyl can be bound via either ring of the fused system.
  • Heterocyclylalkyl refers to the group “heterocyclyl-alkyl-”.
  • Sulfonyl refers to the group -S(O) 2 R y , where R y is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • sulfonyl examples include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl and toluenesulfonyl.
  • “Sulfinyl” refers to the group -S(O)R y , where R y is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • sulfinyl examples include methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, phenylsulfinyl and toluenesulfinyl.
  • “Sulfonamido” refers to the groups -SO 2 NR y R z and -NR y SO 2 R z , where R y and R z are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein.
  • substituted means any of the above groups (i.e., alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylene, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, and/or heteroalkyl) wherein at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to a non-hydrogen atom such as, but not limited to alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, acyl, amido, amino, amidino, aryl, aralkyl, azido, carbamoyl, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cyano, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, guanadino, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl
  • R g and R h are the same or different and independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, and/or heteroarylalkyl.
  • substituted also means any of the above groups in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a bond to an amino, cyano, hydroxyl, imino, nitro, oxo, thioxo, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, and/or heteroarylalkyl, or two of R g and R h and R i are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted with oxo, halo or alkyl optionally substituted with oxo, halo, amino, hydroxyl, or alkoxy.
  • impermissible substitution patterns e.g., methyl substituted with 5 fluorines or heteroaryl groups having two adjacent oxygen ring atoms. Such impermissible substitution patterns are well known to the skilled artisan.
  • substituted may describe other chemical groups defined herein.
  • the phrase “one or more” refers to one to five. In certain embodiments, as used herein, the phrase “one or more” refers to one to three.
  • Any compound or structure given herein, is also intended to represent unlabeled forms as well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds.
  • isotopically labeled compounds have structures depicted herein, except that one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) atoms are replaced by an atom having a selected atomic mass or mass number.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine and iodine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 13 N, 15 N, 15 O, 17 O, 18 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, 36 Cl, 123 I, and 125 I, respectively.
  • isotopically labeled compounds of the present disclosure for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated.
  • Such isotopically labelled compounds may be useful in metabolic studies, reaction kinetic studies, detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays or in radioactive treatment of patients.
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • SPECT single-photon emission computed tomography
  • the term “isotopically enriched analogs” includes “deuterated analogs” of compounds described herein in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogens is/are replaced by deuterium, such as a hydrogen on a carbon atom.
  • Such compounds exhibit increased resistance to metabolism and are thus useful for increasing the half-life of any compound when administered to a mammal, particularly a human. See, for example, Foster, “Deuterium Isotope Effects in Studies of Drug Metabolism,” Trends Pharmacol. Sci.5(12):524-527 (1984).
  • Such compounds are synthesized by means well known in the art, for example by employing starting materials in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogens have been replaced by deuterium.
  • Deuterium labelled or substituted therapeutic compounds of the disclosure may have improved DMPK (drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics) properties, relating to distribution, metabolism and excretion (ADME).
  • isotopes such as deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life, reduced dosage requirements and/or an improvement in therapeutic index.
  • An 18 F, 3 H, 11 C labeled compound may be useful for PET or SPECT or other imaging studies.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of this disclosure and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent. It is understood that deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent in a compound described herein.
  • the concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium may be defined by an isotopic enrichment factor.
  • any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom.
  • a position is designated specifically as “H” or “hydrogen,” the position is understood to have hydrogen at its natural abundance isotopic composition.
  • any atom specifically designated as a deuterium (D) is meant to represent deuterium.
  • the compounds of this disclosure are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable” or “physiologically acceptable” refer to compounds, salts, compositions, dosage forms and other materials which are useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is suitable for veterinary or human pharmaceutical use.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a given compound refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the given compound and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable.
  • physiologically acceptable salts include, for example, salts with inorganic acids and salts with an organic acid.
  • the free base can be obtained by basifying a solution of the acid salt.
  • an addition salt particularly a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt, may be produced by dissolving the free base in a suitable organic solvent and treating the solution with an acid, in accordance with conventional procedures for preparing acid addition salts from base compounds.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared from inorganic and organic acids. Salts derived from inorganic acids include, e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like.
  • Salts derived from organic acids include, e.g., acetic acid, propionic acid, gluconic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluene-sulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be prepared from inorganic and organic bases.
  • Salts derived from inorganic bases include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, lithium, aluminum, ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts.
  • Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as alkyl amines (i.e., NH 2 (alkyl)), dialkyl amines (i.e., HN(alkyl) 2 ), trialkyl amines (i.e., N(alkyl) 3 ), substituted alkyl amines (i.e., NH 2 (substituted alkyl)), di(substituted alkyl) amines (i.e., HN(substituted alkyl) 2 ), tri(substituted alkyl) amines (i.e., N(substituted alkyl) 3 ), alkenyl amines (i.e., NH 2 (alkenyl)),
  • Suitable amines include, by way of example only, isopropylamine, trimethyl amine, diethyl amine, tri(iso-propyl) amine, tri(n-propyl) amine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, piperazine, piperidine, morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine and the like.
  • hydrate refers to the complex formed by the combining of a compound described herein and water.
  • a “solvate” refers to an association or complex of one or more solvent molecules and a compound of the disclosure.
  • solvents that form solvates include, but are not limited to, water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, dimethylsulfoxide, ethylacetate, acetic acid and ethanolamine.
  • amide containing compounds may exist in equilibrium with imidic acid tautomers. Regardless of which tautomer is shown and regardless of the nature of the equilibrium among tautomers, the compounds are understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to comprise both amide and imidic acid tautomers. Thus, the amide containing compounds are understood to include their imidic acid tautomers.
  • the imidic acid containing compounds are understood to include their amide tautomers.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts include an asymmetric center and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids.
  • the present disclosure is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms.
  • Optically active (+) and (-), (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)- isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization.
  • Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC).
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • a “stereoisomer” refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures, which are not interchangeable.
  • the present disclosure contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes “enantiomers,” which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposeable mirror images of one another.
  • “Diastereomers” are stereoisomers that have at least two asymmetric atoms, but which are not mirror-images of each other.
  • Relative centers of the compounds as depicted herein are indicated graphically using the “thick bond” style (bold or parallel lines) and absolute stereochemistry is depicted using wedge bonds (bold or parallel lines).
  • Prodrugs means any compound which releases an active parent drug according to a structure described herein in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject.
  • Prodrugs of a compound described herein are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound described herein in such a way that the modifications may be cleaved in vivo to release the parent compound.
  • Prodrugs may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds.
  • Prodrugs include compounds described herein wherein a hydroxy, amino, carboxyl, or sulfhydryl group in a compound described herein is bonded to any group that may be cleaved in vivo to regenerate the free hydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group, respectively.
  • Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters (e.g., acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives), amides, guanidines, carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy functional groups in compounds described herein and the like. Preparation, selection and use of prodrugs is discussed in T. Higuchi and V.
  • a compound of Formula I I or a pharmaceuti cally acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 ; R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , -OR 11 , -N(R 11 ) 2 , -C(O)R 11 , -C(O)OR 11 , -OC(O)R 11 , -C(O)N(R 11 )
  • a compound of Formula I I or a pharmaceuti y p , p y g, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 ; R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , -OR 11 , -N(R 11 ) 2 , -C(O)R 11 , -C(O)OR 11 , -OC(O)R 11 , -C(O)N(
  • a compound of Formula I I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , -OR 11 , -N(R 11 ) 2 , -C(O)R 11 , -C(O)OR 11 , -OC(O)R 11 , -C(O)N(R 11 ) 2 , -NR 11 C(O)R 11 , -OC(O)N(R 11 , -OC(O)N(R 11
  • a compound of Formula II II or a pharmaceu y p , p y g, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: n is 0, 1, or 2; m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 ; R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , -OR 11 , -N(R 11 ) 2 , -C(O)R 11 , -C(O)OR 11 , -OC(O)R 11 , -
  • a compound of Formula II: II or a pharmaceut g, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof wherein: n is 0, 1, or 2; m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 ; R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , -OR 11 , -N(R 11 ) 2 , -C(O)R 11 , -C(O)OR 11 , -OC(O)R 11 , -C(O)N(R 11 ,
  • a compound of Formula IA IA or a pharmaceutically a cceptab e sa t, sotop ca y enr c ed ana og, stereosomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 ; R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , -OR 11 , -N(R 11 ) 2 , -C(O)R 11 , -C(O)OR 11 ,
  • R 5 and R 6 are both C 1-3 alkyl. [0087] In certain embodiments, R 5 and R 6 are both hydrogen. [0088] In certain embodiments, R 4 is hydrogen. [0089] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IIA: IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: n is 0, 1, or 2; m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 ; R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO 2 , -
  • n is 0. In certain embodiments, n is 1. In certain embodiments, n is 2. In certain embodiments, with respect to any of the formula described above, ring A is aryl. [0099] In certain embodiments, ring A is phenyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is phenyl, and R 1 is C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • ring A is heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, ring A is heteroaryl, and R 1 is C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • provided is a compound of Formula IC: IC wherein R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 , [0102] In certain embodiments, t is 0. [0103] In certain embodiments, t is 1. [0104] In certain embodiments, t is 0 or 1, and R 3 is halo, -OH, or -C(O)OR 13 . In certain embodiments, t is 0 or 1, and R 3 is independently -OH, or -C(O)OR 13 ; and R 13 is hydrogen or C 1- 6 alkyl.
  • each R 3 is independently halo, -OH, or -C(O)OR 13 . In certain embodiments, each R 3 is independently halo or hydroxy.
  • t is 0 or 1; and R 3 is independently -OH, or -C(O)OR 13 ; R 4 is hydrogen; R 5 and R 6 are each hydrogen; and R 13 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl.
  • m is 2; t is 0 or 1; and R 3 is independently -OH, or -C(O)OR 13 ; R 4 is hydrogen; R 5 and R 6 are each hydrogen; and R 13 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 3 is halo, -OH, or -C(O)OR 13 ; and R 13 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 2 is C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 .
  • R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl, where each aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 .
  • R 2 is aryl optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 .
  • R 2 is phenyl optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 .
  • R 2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 .
  • R 2 is pyridyl or thiazolyl, each being optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 .
  • R 2 is optionally substituted with heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or -OR 10 , wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z 1a .
  • R 2 is optionally substituted with one to five heteroaryl or -OR 10 .
  • R 2 is optionally substituted with pyrimidyl, morpholinyl, diazinanyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, or methoxy; wherein the diazinanyl is further optionally substituted with C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 2 is optionally substituted with one to five heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(O)OR 10 , or -OR 10 , wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z 1a .
  • R 2 is optionally substituted with pyrimidinyl, morpholinyl, diazinanyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, -O-C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, imidazolyl, 1,1- dioxothiomorpholinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyridazinyl, piperidin-2-onyl, 2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyridinyl, or pyrrolidinyl; wherein each is optionally further substituted with halo, hydroxy, C 1-6 alkyl, or C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • m is 2; t is 0 or 1; ring A is aryl; R 1 is C 1-6 haloalkyl; R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z 1 ; or each R 3 is independently halo, -OR 13 , or -C(O)OR 13 ; R 4 is hydrogen; R 5 and R 6 are each hydrogen; each Z 1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, -OH, or -C(O)OH; wherein each C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z 1a ; each R 13 is independently hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl; each Z 1a is independently C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, halo, or -OH.
  • R 2 is optionally substituted with pyrimidyl or methoxy.
  • a compound selected from Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof. Table 1 Ex. No Structure Ex. No Structure Ex. No Structure Ex. No Structure Ex. No Structure Ex. No Structure Ex. No Structure Ex. No Structure Ex. No Structure Ex. No Structure [0127] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound selected from Table 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, or prodrug thereof.
  • Beneficial or desired clinical results may include one or more of the following: a) inhibiting the disease or condition (e.g., decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disease or condition, and/or diminishing the extent of the disease or condition); b) slowing or arresting the development of one or more clinical symptoms associated with the disease or condition (e.g., stabilizing the disease or condition, preventing or delaying the worsening or progression of the disease or condition, and/or preventing or delaying the spread (e.g., metastasis) of the disease or condition); and/or c) relieving the disease, that is, causing the regression of clinical symptoms (e.g., ameliorating the disease state, providing partial or total remission of the disease or condition, enhancing effect of another medication, delaying the progression of the disease, increasing the quality of life and/or prolonging survival.
  • a) inhibiting the disease or condition e.g., decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disease or condition, and/or diminishing the extent of the disease or condition
  • treating does not encompass preventing.
  • prevention or “preventing” means any treatment of a disease or condition that causes the clinical symptoms of the disease or condition not to develop.
  • Compounds may, in some embodiments, be administered to a subject (including a human) who is at risk or has a family history of the disease or condition.
  • Subject refers to an animal, such as a mammal (including a human), that has been or will be the object of treatment, observation or experiment. The methods described herein may be useful in human therapy and/or veterinary applications.
  • the subject is a mammal.
  • the subject is a human.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount or “effective amount” of a compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof means an amount sufficient to effect treatment when administered to a subject, to provide a therapeutic benefit such as amelioration of symptoms or slowing of disease progression.
  • a therapeutically effective amount may be an amount sufficient to decrease a symptom of a disease or condition of as described herein.
  • the therapeutically effective amount may vary depending on the subject, and disease or condition being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease or condition, and the manner of administering, which can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the methods described herein may be applied to cell populations in vivo or ex vivo.
  • “In vivo” means within a living individual, as within an animal or human. In this context, the methods described herein may be used therapeutically in an individual.
  • “Ex vivo” means outside of a living individual. Examples of ex vivo cell populations include in vitro cell cultures and biological samples including fluid or tissue samples obtained from individuals. Such samples may be obtained by methods well known in the art. Exemplary biological fluid samples include blood, cerebrospinal fluid, urine and saliva. In this context, the compounds and compositions described herein may be used for a variety of purposes, including therapeutic and experimental purposes.
  • the compounds and compositions described herein may be used ex vivo to determine the optimal schedule and/or dosing of administration of a compound of the present disclosure for a given indication, cell type, individual, and other parameters. Information gleaned from such use may be used for experimental purposes or in the clinic to set protocols for in vivo treatment. Other ex vivo uses for which the compounds and compositions described herein may be suited are described below or will become apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • the selected compounds may be further characterized to examine the safety or tolerance dosage in human or non-human subjects. Such properties may be examined using commonly known methods to those skilled in the art.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat or lessen a disease or condition mediated, at least in part, by CCR2, for example, by administering an effective amount of the compound disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat psoriasis, uveitis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, restenosis, asthma, obesity, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, myocarditis, ulcerative colitis, nephritis (nephropathy), lupus, systemic lupus erythematosus, hepatitis, pancreatitis, sarcoidosis, organ transplantation, Crohn's disease, endometriosis, congestive heart failure, viral meningitis, cerebral infarction, neuropathy, Kawasaki disease, experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis, and
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat autoimmune diseases.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematosus, Guillain-Barré syndrome, retinal damage, among others.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat an allergy.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular disease.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat obesity and atherosclerosis.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat inflammatory disorders.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat cancers.
  • cancers include, but are not limited to, adrenocortical carcinoma, anal cancer, appendix cancer, basal cell carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, bladder cancer, bone cancer, osteosarcoma or malignant fibrous histiocytoma, brain cancer (e.g., brain stem glioma, astrocytoma (e.g., cerebellar, cerebral, etc.), atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor, central nervous system embryonal tumors, malignant glioma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma, ependymoma, medulloblastoma, medulloepithelioma, pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation, supra
  • adrenocortical carcinoma anal cancer, appendix cancer, basal cell carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, bladder cancer, bone cancer, osteosarcoma or malignant fibrous histi
  • noncancerous cellular proliferative disorders include, but are not limited to, fibroadenoma, adenoma, intraductal papilloma, nipple adenoma, adenosis, fibrocystic disease or changes of breast, plasma cell proliferative disorder (PCPD), restenosis, atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, myofibromatosis, fibrous hamartoma, granular lymphocyte proliferative disorders, benign hyperplasia of prostate, heavy chain diseases (HCDs), lymphoproliferative disorders, psoriasis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, scleroderma, cirrhosis of the liver, IgA nephropathy, mesangial proliferative glomerulonephritis, membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis, hemangiomas, vascular and non-vascular intraocular proliferative
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat solid tumors.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat prostate cancer, breast cancer, and colorectal cancer.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, bladder cancer, chondrosarcoma, and skin cancer.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to inhibit metastasis formation.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat metastatic resistant prostate cancer.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat bone metastasis.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat diseases of the nervous system.
  • the compounds disclosed herein are capable of inhibiting neuronal cell death, such as in prion disease.
  • the method includes administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition as described herein, to a patient in need of.
  • the disorder is a neurodegenerative disease.
  • neurodegenerative disease refers to a disease or condition in which the function of a subject's nervous system becomes impaired.
  • neurodegenerative diseases include, e.g., Alexander’s disease, Alper’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Ataxia telangiectasia, Batten disease (also known as Spielmeyer-Vogt-Sjogren-Batten disease), Bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), Canavan disease, Cockayne syndrome, Corticobasal degeneration, Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease, frontotemporal dementia, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, Huntington's disease, HIV-associated dementia, Kennedy's disease, Krabbe’s disease, kuru, Lewy body dementia, Machado-Joseph disease (Spinocerebellar ataxia type 3), Multiple sclerosis, Multiple System Atrophy, Narcolepsy, Neuroborreliosis, Parkinson’s disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease, Pick's disease, Primary lateral sclerosis, Prion diseases,
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat or lessen the severity of cancer, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, Type 1 diabetes, Parkinson disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, myocardial infarction, cardiovascular disease, atherosclerosis, arrhythmias, or age-related macular degeneration.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat or lessen inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, neuropathic pain, lupus, lupus nephritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, restenosis, immune disorders, transplant rejection, neuroinflammation, acute brain injury, solid tumors, or cancer, for example, by administering an effective amount of the compound disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat or lessen systemic lupus erythematosus or lupus nephritis, for example, by administering an effective amount of the compound disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof.
  • provided here are the use of the compounds disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, for treating a disease or condition mediated, at least in part, by CCR2.
  • the disease or condition is inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, neuropathic pain, lupus, systemic lupus erythematosus, lupus nephritis, fibrosis, immune disorders, transplant rejection, neuroinflammation, acute brain injury, solid tumors, metabolic disease, or cancer.
  • neuropathic pain lupus
  • systemic lupus erythematosus lupus nephritis
  • fibrosis fibrosis
  • immune disorders transplant rejection
  • neuroinflammation acute brain injury
  • solid tumors solid tumors
  • metabolic disease or cancer
  • kits that include a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and suitable packaging.
  • a kit further includes instructions for use.
  • a kit in one aspect, includes a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and a label and/or instructions for use of the compounds in the treatment of the indications, including the diseases or conditions, described herein.
  • articles of manufacture that include a compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof in a suitable container.
  • the container may be a vial, jar, ampoule, preloaded syringe and intravenous bag. 5.
  • compositions and Modes of Administration Compounds provided herein are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • compositions that contain one or more of the compounds described herein a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles selected from carriers, adjuvants and excipients.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles may include, for example, inert solid diluents and fillers, diluents, including sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents, permeation enhancers, solubilizers and adjuvants.
  • Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be administered in either single or multiple doses.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be administered by various methods including, for example, rectal, buccal, intranasal and transdermal routes.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be administered by intra-arterial injection, intravenously, intraperitoneally, parenterally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, orally, topically, or as an inhalant.
  • One mode for administration is parenteral, for example, by injection.
  • the forms in which the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be incorporated for administration by injection include, for example, aqueous or oil suspensions, or emulsions, with sesame oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs, mannitol, dextrose, or a sterile aqueous solution, and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • Oral administration may be another route for administration of the compounds described herein. Administration may be via, for example, capsule or enteric coated tablets.
  • the active ingredient is usually diluted by an excipient and/or enclosed within such a carrier that can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • a carrier that can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be in the form of a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient.
  • compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
  • excipients include, e.g., lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup and methyl cellulose.
  • the formulations can additionally include lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents.
  • compositions that include at least one compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the subject by employing procedures known in the art.
  • Controlled release drug delivery systems for oral administration include osmotic pump systems and dissolutional systems containing polymer-coated reservoirs or drug-polymer matrix formulations.
  • Another formulation for use in the methods disclosed herein employ transdermal delivery devices (“patches”). Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds described herein in controlled amounts.
  • the construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art.
  • Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
  • the principal active ingredient may be mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof.
  • the active ingredient may be dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
  • the tablets or pills of the compounds described herein may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action, or to protect from the acid conditions of the stomach.
  • the tablet or pill can include an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • the two components can be separated by an enteric layer that serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
  • enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
  • compositions for inhalation or insufflation may include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders.
  • the liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described herein.
  • the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect.
  • compositions in pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be inhaled directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a facemask tent, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine.
  • Solution, suspension, or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices that deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner. 6.
  • Dosing The specific dose level of a compound of the present application for any particular subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease in the subject undergoing therapy. For example, a dosage may be expressed as a number of milligrams of a compound described herein per kilogram of the subject’s body weight (mg/kg). Dosages of between about 0.1 and 150 mg/kg may be appropriate. In some embodiments, about 0.1 and 100 mg/kg may be appropriate.
  • a dosage of between 0.5 and 60 mg/kg may be appropriate. In some embodiments, a dosage of from about 0.0001 to about 100 mg per kg of body weight per day, from about 0.001 to about 50 mg of compound per kg of body weight, or from about 0.01 to about 10 mg of compound per kg of body weight may be appropriate. Normalizing according to the subject’s body weight is particularly useful when adjusting dosages between subjects of widely disparate size, such as occurs when using the drug in both children and adult humans or when converting an effective dosage in a non-human subject such as dog to a dosage suitable for a human subject. 7.
  • the compounds may be prepared using the methods disclosed herein and routine modifications thereof, which will be apparent given the disclosure herein and methods well known in the art. Conventional and well-known synthetic methods may be used in addition to the teachings herein. The synthesis of typical compounds described herein may be accomplished as described in the following examples. If available, reagents and starting materials may be purchased commercially, e.g., from Sigma Aldrich or other chemical suppliers. [0161] It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated.
  • process conditions i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.
  • Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures.
  • conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions.
  • Suitable protecting groups for various functional groups as well as suitable conditions for protecting and deprotecting particular functional groups are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups are described in Wuts, P. G. M., Greene, T. W., & Greene, T. W. (2006). Greene's protective groups in organic synthesis. Hoboken, N.J., Wiley-Interscience, and references cited therein.
  • the compounds of this disclosure may contain one or more chiral centers.
  • stereoisomers i.e., as individual enantiomers or diastereomers or as stereoisomer-enriched mixtures. All such stereoisomers (and enriched mixtures) are included within the scope of this disclosure, unless otherwise indicated. Pure stereoisomers (or enriched mixtures) may be prepared using, for example, optically active starting materials or stereoselective reagents well-known in the art. Alternatively, racemic mixtures of such compounds can be separated using, for example, chiral column chromatography, chiral resolving agents, and the like. [0164] The starting materials for the following reactions are generally known compounds or can be prepared by known procedures or obvious modifications thereof.
  • a method of preparing a compound of Formula I: I comprising coupling a compound of Formula I-4: I-4 with a compound of Formula I-5: I-5 under conditions suitable to pro of Formula I, wherein ring A, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , m, and t are as defined herein.
  • a method of preparing a compound of Formula II: II comprising coup I-4 with a compound of I-5 under conditions suitable to pro v e a compoun of Formula II, wherein ring A, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , n, m, and t are as defined herein.
  • the following reaction shown in Scheme I illustrates a general method which can be employed for the synthesis of compounds disclosed herein.
  • ring A, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , m, and t are as defined herein, and PG is a suitable amine protecting group (e.g., BOC).
  • Scheme I g p p y g p 2 under amide coupling conditions.
  • Deprotection of compound I-3 provides compound I-4, or a salt thereof.
  • Coupling of compound I-4 with compound I-5 under reductive amination conditions provides Formula I.
  • the following reaction shown in Scheme II illustrates a general method which can be employed for the synthesis of compounds disclosed herein.
  • ring A, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , m, n, and t are as defined herein
  • PG is a suitable amine protecting group (e.g., BOC).
  • Scheme II [0170] Referring to Scheme II, compound II-3 can be provided by contacting II-1 with compound II- 2 under amide coupling conditions. Deprotection of compound II-3 provides compound II-4, or a salt thereof. Coupling of compound II-4 with compound II-5 under reductive amination conditions provides Formula II. [0171] Appropriate starting materials and reagents can be purchased or prepared by methods known to one of skill in the art. For any compound shown in Scheme I and Scheme II, it should be understood that various derivatives can be provided by functional group interconversion at any step. In some embodiments, the various substituents of Formula I-1, I-2, I-3, I-4, I-5, II-1, II-2, II-3, II-4, or II-5 are as defined herein.
  • stereoisomers i.e., as individual enantiomers or diastereomers, or as stereoisomer-enriched mixtures. All such stereoisomers (and enriched mixtures) are included within the scope of this disclosure, unless otherwise indicated.
  • Pure stereoisomers (or enriched mixtures) may be prepared using, for example, optically active starting materials or stereoselective reagents well-known in the art.
  • racemic mixtures of such compounds can be separated using, for example, chiral column chromatography, chiral resolving agents, and the like. It should be appreciated that various isomers of Formula I can be separated as well.
  • NMR Spectroscopy All NMR data was collected on Bruker 400 MHz instruments using the deuterated solvent as mentioned in the procedures described below. The peak frequencies are expressed in ⁇ ppm.
  • Thin Layer Chromatography Analytical TLC plates from Merck were used for reaction monitoring using solvent system as mentioned in the procedures described below. For preparative TLC for compound purification, silica loaded preparative thin layer chromatography plates were used and solvent systems used are mentioned in the procedures described below.
  • Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry and High-Performance Liquid Chromatography Analysis LCMS and HPLC data were generated using instruments from Water both for LCMS and HPLC (preparative and analytical).
  • reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, then cooled to 0 °C and NaBH(OAc) 3 (78.2 mg, 0.37 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC, and after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product.
  • reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 0.5 h.
  • the reaction mass was again cooled to 0 °C, and NaBH(OAc) 3 (118 mg, 0.56 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 h.
  • Progress of the reaction was checked by TLC monitoring, and after completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 solution (10 mL).
  • the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product.
  • reaction mixture was quenched with water (15 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product.
  • the crude material was purified by ethyl acetate in n-heptane as an eluent to afford 8-(5-morpholinopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.2 g, 39%).
  • the reaction mixture was purged with N 2 for 15 min. Davephos (410 mg, 1.04 mmol, 0.2 eq) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (634 mg, 0.692 mmol, 0.1 eq) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then quenched with water (5 mL) extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product (210 mg, 14%).
  • reaction mixture was purged with Ar for 5 minutes, then [5-(diphenylphosphanyl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-xanthen-4-yl]diphenylphosphane (0.138 g, 0.239 mmol, 0.15 eq) and palladium(2+) diacetate (0.036 g, 0.159 mmol, 0.1 eq) were added portionwise under Ar atmosphere.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The progress of the reaction mixture was monitored by TLC and LCMS.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with water (25 mL) and extracted by using ethyl acetate (25 mL x 2).
  • reaction mixture was purged with N 2 atmosphere for 10 mins, then 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) dichloromethane complex (156 mg, 0.1 eq., 191 ⁇ mol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL).
  • Step-2 Synthesis of 8- ⁇ 3-fluoro-[2,3'-bipyridin]-6'-yl ⁇ -1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol
  • 8-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.6 g, 1.66 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (6 ml) and water (3 mL) were added 2-bromo-3-fluoropyridine (292 mg, 1.66 mmol, 1 eq) and potassium carbonate (689 mg, 4.98 mmol, 3 eq).
  • reaction mixture was purged under N2 atmosphere for 10 mins, then 1,1′- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) dichloromethane complex (68 mg, 0.083 mmol, 0.05 eq) was added portionwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 115 °C for 1h under microwave irradiation.
  • reaction mixture was quenched with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), and the combined organic layer was dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude which was purified by flash column chromatography (50% EtOAc in hexane) to afford 8- ⁇ 3-fluoro-[2,3'- bipyridin]-6'-yl ⁇ -1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (350 mg, 20%).
  • LCMS (ES) m/z: 331.1 [M+H] + [0213] The following intermediates were synthesized using scheme 7.
  • Step-2 General procedure for reductive amination
  • N-(2-oxo-2-(2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl)ethyl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide (3) (20 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0 °C were added the corresponding keto compound (Intermediate 2) and triethylamine (100 mmol).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, then NaBH(OAc) 3 (20 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS.
  • reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hours. The reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into cold water (30 mL), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to obtain crude tert-butyl 7-(2- ⁇ [3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]formamido ⁇ acetyl)-2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (130 mg, 64%).
  • Step 2 Synthesis of 4-methylpiperidin-4-ol hydrochloride [0229] To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (2.2 g, 10.2 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C was added 4 M HCl in dioxane (8 mL, 10.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h.
  • Step 3 Synthesis of 1-(6- ⁇ 8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl ⁇ pyridin-3-yl)-4- methylpiperidin-4-ol
  • 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (2.59 g, 8.24 mmol)
  • 4-methylpiperidin-4-ol hydrochloride 1.2 g, 8.24 mmol
  • dioxane 40 mL
  • reaction mixture was purged with argon for 15 min and then (S)-BINAP (1.03 g, 8.24 mmol) and Pd(OAc) 2 (185 mg, 8.24 mmol) was added.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h.
  • reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 250 mL), combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography using 60-64% of EtOAc:hexane to afford 1-(6- ⁇ 8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl ⁇ pyridin-3-yl)-4-methylpiperidin-4-ol (400 mg, 14%).
  • LCMS (ES) m/z: 349.1 [M+H] + [0231] The following compound was synthesized using scheme 14.
  • reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen atmosphere for 10 mins, after which 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), complex with dichloromethane (156 mg, 0.1 eq., 191 ⁇ mol), was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was quenched with water (5 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL).
  • reaction mixture was purged with argon for 10 mins, followed by the addition of tetrakis(triphenylphosphane) palladium (267 mg, 0.1 eq., 231 ⁇ mol), and reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 16 h.
  • the reaction mixture was then quenched with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL), the combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude compound.
  • reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated to get crude product, which was further diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2*50 mL). The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to get crude (E)-N'-hydroxy-6- ⁇ 8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl ⁇ pyridine-3- carboximidamide (350 mg, 51.76%), and 150 mg (22.18%) of the compound was isolated from aqueous layer by direct evaporation of aqueous layer.
  • Step-2 Synthesis of 8-(5-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol: [0238] A stirred solution of methyl 6- ⁇ 8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl ⁇ pyridine-3- carboxylate (0.4 g, 1.36 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere was prepared, at which point the reaction mixture was cooled 0°C and methyl magnesium bromide solution 3.0 M in diethyl ether 1.64 mL was added dropwise and the reaction stirred for an additional 16 h at room temperature.
  • reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at rotavapor to get the aqueous residue, which was basified with saturated Na 2 CO 3 to pH 8 ⁇ 9 (pH paper), then the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic layers was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 2.
  • Step-2 General procedure for reductive amination
  • N-(2- ⁇ octahydropyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrol-1-yl ⁇ -2-oxoethyl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide (3) (20 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0 °C
  • the corresponding keto compound (Intermediate 2) and triethylamine (100 mmol) were added.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, then sodium triacetoxy borohydride (20 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with aq.
  • the assay procedure is as follows: 5000 cells in 20 ⁇ L of plating medium (DiscoverX; 93-0563R7A) were seeded into a white Opaque 384-well microplate (Perkin Elmer Cat# 6007680) and incubated overnight at 37 °C and 5% CO 2 . Next, 5 ⁇ L of diluted compounds (6X) in assay buffer (HBSS; 20 mM HEPES) was added to the 384 well plate and incubated at 37 °C and 5% CO 2 for 30 min. Following this 5 ⁇ L of 6X agonist/ligand MCP-1 (PeproTech; 300-04-250) to final 10 nM concentration was added and incubated at 37 °C and 5% CO 2 for 90 min.
  • reaction was terminated by addition of 15 ⁇ L of detection reagent (DiscoverX; 93-0001) which was incubated at room temperature for 1 h in the dark. Plates were then read on a Perkin Elmer Envision for Luminescence signal (using luminescence 700 filter). Each assay plate included wells with no ligand added (unstimulated cell control), wells with ligand alone (MAX stimulated cell control), wells with ligand and reference compound (100% inhibition-MIN control). Percent inhibition was calculated after normalizing to MIN & MAX controls. The IC 50 of compounds was calculated by GraphPad Prism software (5) using non-linear regression, by plotting percent inhibition versus compound concentration.
  • the assay procedure is as follows: 20000 cells in 20 ⁇ L of assay buffer (HBSS; 20 mM HEPES) were seeded into an optically clear bottom 384-well microplate (Perkin Elmer Cat# 6007550) and incubated for 1 h at 37 °C and 5% CO 2. Then cells were loaded with calcium 6 dye (Molecular devices; R8191) following 1 h incubation at 37 °C and 5% CO 2 . Next 10 ⁇ L of diluted compounds (5X) in assay buffer (HBSS; 20mM HEPES) was added to the 384 well plate and incubated at room temperature for 30 min.
  • assay buffer HBSS; 20 mM HEPES

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure relates generally to small molecule modulators of chemotactic cytokines (chemokine) receptors CCR2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and methods of making and using thereof.

Description

COMPOUNDS AS CRR2 MODULATORS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) to U.S. Provisional Application Numbers 63/274,915, filed November 02, 2021, 63/308,444, filed February 09, 2022, and 63/309,453, filed February 11, 2022, the entirety of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
FIELD
[0001] The present disclosure relates generally to small molecule modulators of chemotactic cytokines (chemokine) receptor CCR2 and their use as therapeutic agents.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Autoimmune diseases, allergy, inflammatory disorders, and cancer have a negative effect on the lives of millions of people. As chemokine receptors (a family of G-protein-coupled seven- transmembrane-domain proteins) play key roles in the pathogenesis of such diseases, they have been targets for ongoing drug development efforts.
[0003] Chemotactic cytokines, also known as chemokines, intercrines, and SIS cytokines, are a group of inflammatory/immunomodulatory polypeptide factors released at disease sites (e.g., inflammatory sites) by cells including, for example, macrophages, monocytes, fibroblasts, vascular endothelial cells, eosinophils, neutrophiles, smooth muscle cells, and mast cells. They bind to chemokine receptors, causing the transduction of an intracellular signal through the associated trimeric G proteins. As a result, a rapid increase in intracellular calcium concentration occurs, along with changes in cell shape, increased expression of cellular adhesion molecules, degranulation, and promotion of cell migration. Such directed cell migration is known as chemotaxis, which, for example, attract monocytes and lymphocytes to disease sites and mediate their activation.
[0004] Monocyte chemoattractant protein-1 (MCP-1/CCL2) is a specific ligand for CCR2. Bitiditig of MCP-1 to CCR2 induces chemotaxis, which regulates migration and infiltration of monocytes/macrophages. High expression of MCP-1 has been reported in diseases where accumulation of monocyte/macrophage and/or T cells is thought to be important in the initiation or progression of diseases. These diseases include, but are not limited to, psoriasis, uveitis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, restenosis, asthma, obesity, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, myocarditis, ulcerative colitis, nephritis (nephropathy), lupus, systemic lupus erythematosus, hepatitis, pancreatitis, sarcoidosis, organ transplantation, Crohn’s disease, endometriosis, congestive heart failure, viral meningitis, cerebral infarction, neuropathy, Kawasaki disease, experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis, and sepsis in which tissue infiltration of blood leukocytes, such as monocytes and lymphocytes, play a major role in the initiation, progression or maintenance of the disease Accordingly chemokine receptor antagonists or modulators may be useful as pharmaceutical agents to inhibit the action of chemokines on the target cells. [0005] CCR2 is a chemokine receptor, a member of the super family of seven-transmembrane G- protein coupled receptor, and is predominantly expressed on monocytes. The CCR2 receptor, a type of receptor for the CC family chemokines, is the primary receptor to MCP-1. Therefore, by modulating (e.g., antagonizing, such as using antagonists or inhibitors) the activity of CCR2 receptors, certain medical benefit may be realized. The “CC” family of chemokine contains two amino terminal cysteine residues (C) that are immediately adjacent (as opposed to be separated by one amino acid, known as the “CXC” family), and shows sequence similarities between 25 to 60% within the family. Thus, there remains a strong need to develop CCR2 inhibitors for treatment of several diseases. DESCRIPTION [0006] Provided herein are compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, that are useful in treating and/or preventing diseases mediated, at least in part by, CCR2. [0007] In some embodiments, provided are compounds that are modulators of chemokine receptor activity, in particular modulating activity of CCR2 receptor. In some embodiments, the compounds modulate the regulation of CCR2 receptor. In some aspects the compounds act via antagonism of the CCR2 receptor. In some embodiments, the compounds modulate the interaction between CCR2 receptor and ligands to the CCR2 receptor. In some embodiments, the compounds modulate the interaction between CCR2 receptor and chemokines. In some embodiments, the compounds modulate the interaction between CCR2 receptor and MCP-1. In some embodiments, provided are compounds that act as inhibitors to the CCR2 receptor by interfering with the binding of chemokines with the CCR2 receptor. In some embodiments, provided are compounds that act as CCR2 antagonists. [0008] In another embodiment, provided is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. [0009] In another embodiment, provided is a method for treating a disease or condition mediated, at least in part, by CCR2 receptor, the method comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof. [0010] In another embodiment, provided is a method for treating a disease or condition, at least in part, by regulation of CCR2 receptor, the method comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, to a subject in need thereof. [0011] In another embodiment, provided is a method for treating a disease or condition, at least in part, by a CCR2 antagonist, the method comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, to a subject in need thereof. [0012] In another embodiment, provided is a method for treating a disease or condition, at least in part, by inhibiting CCR2 receptor, the method comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, to a subject in need thereof. [0013] The disclosure also provides compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions, kits that include the compounds, and methods of using (or administering) and making the compounds. The disclosure further provides compounds or compositions thereof for use in a method of treating a disease, disorder, or condition that is mediated, at least in part, by CCR2 receptor. Moreover, the disclosure provides uses of the compounds or compositions thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder, or condition that is mediated, at least in part, by CCR2 receptor, such as lupus, atherosclerosis, fibrosis, cancer, metabolic, and autoimmune diseases. DETAILED DESCRIPTION [0014] The following description sets forth exemplary embodiments of the present technology. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments. 1. Definitions [0015] As used in the present specification, the following words, phrases and symbols are generally intended to have the meanings as set forth below, except to the extent that the context in which they are used indicates otherwise. [0016] A dash (“-”) that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of
Figure imgf000004_0001
attachment for a substituent. For example, -C(O)NH2 is attached through the carbon atom. A dash at the front or end of a chemical group is a matter of convenience; chemical groups may be depicted with or without one or more dashes without losing their ordinary meaning. A wavy line or a dashed line drawn through a line in a structure indicates a specified point of attachment of a group. Unless chemically or structurally required, no directionality or stereochemistry is indicated or implied by the order in which a chemical group is written or named. [0017] The prefix “Cu-v” indicates that the following group has from u to v carbon atoms. For example, “C1-6 alkyl” indicates that the alkyl group has from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. [0018] Reference to “about” a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se. In certain embodiments, the term “about” includes the indicated amount ± 10%. In other embodiments, the term “about” includes the indicated amount ± 5%. In certain other embodiments, the term “about” includes the indicated amount ± 1%. Also, to the term “about X” includes description of “X”. Also, the singular forms “a” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, e.g., reference to “the compound” includes a plurality of such compounds and reference to “the assay” includes reference to one or more assays and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art. [0019] “Alkyl” refers to an unbranched or branched saturated hydrocarbon chain. As used herein, alkyl has 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-20 alkyl), 1 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-12 alkyl), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-8 alkyl), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-6 alkyl), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-4 alkyl). Examples of alkyl groups include, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl. When an alkyl residue having a specific number of carbons is named by chemical name or identified by molecular formula, all positional isomers having that number of carbons may be encompassed; thus, for example, “butyl” includes n-butyl (i.e., -(CH2)3CH3), sec-butyl (i.e., -CH(CH3)CH2CH3), isobutyl (i.e., -CH2CH(CH3)2) and tert-butyl (i.e., -C(CH3)3); and “propyl” includes n-propyl (i.e., -(CH2)2CH3) and isopropyl (i.e., -CH(CH3)2). [0020] Certain commonly used alternative chemical names may be used. For example, a divalent group such as a divalent “alkyl” group, a divalent “aryl” group, etc., may also be referred to as an “alkylene” group or an “alkylenyl” group, an “arylene” group or an “arylenyl” group, respectively. Also, unless indicated explicitly otherwise, where combinations of groups are referred to herein as one moiety, e.g., arylalkyl or aralkyl, the last mentioned group contains the atom by which the moiety is attached to the rest of the molecule. [0021] “Alkenyl” refers to an alkyl group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-20 alkenyl), 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-8 alkenyl), 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-6 alkenyl) or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-4 alkenyl). Examples of alkenyl groups include, e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, and butadienyl (including 1,2-butadienyl and 1,3-butadienyl). [0022] “Alkynyl” refers to an alkyl group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-20 alkynyl), 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-8 alkynyl), 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-6 alkynyl), or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-4 alkynyl). The term “alkynyl” also includes those groups having one triple bond and one double bond. [0023] “Alkoxy” refers to the group “alkyl-O-”. Examples of alkoxy groups include, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, and 1,2- dimethylbutoxy. [0024] “Alkoxyalkyl” refers to the group “alkyl-O-alkyl”. [0025] “Alkylthio” refers to the group “alkyl-S-”. “Alkylsulfinyl” refers to the group “alkyl-S(O)-”. “Alkylsulfonyl” refers to the group “alkyl-S(O)2-”. “Alkylsulfonylalkyl” refers to -alkyl-S(O)2-alkyl. [0026] “Acyl” refers to a group -C(O)Ry, wherein Ry is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. Examples of acyl include, e.g., formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethyl- carbonyl, and benzoyl. [0027] “Amido” refers to both a “C-amido” group which refers to the group -C(O)NRyRz and an “N- amido” group which refers to the group -NRyC(O)Rz, wherein Ry and Rz are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein, or Ry and Rz are taken together to form a cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0028] “Amino” refers to the group -NRyRz wherein Ry and Rz are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0029] “Aminoalkyl” refers to the group “-alkyl-NRyRz,” wherein Ry and Rz are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0030] “Amidino” refers to -C(NRy)(NRz 2), wherein Ry and Rz are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0031] “Aryl” refers to an aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g., monocyclic) or multiple rings (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) including fused systems. As used herein, aryl has 6 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C6-20 aryl), 6 to 12 carbon ring atoms (i.e., C6-12 aryl), or 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms (i.e., C6-10 aryl). Examples of aryl groups include, e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl and anthryl. Aryl, however, does not encompass or overlap in any way with heteroaryl defined below. If one or more aryl groups are fused with a heteroaryl, the resulting ring system is heteroaryl. If one or more aryl groups are fused with a heterocyclyl, the resulting ring system is heterocyclyl. [0032] “Arylalkyl” or “Aralkyl” refers to the group “aryl-alkyl-”. [0033] “Carbamoyl” refers to both an “O-carbamoyl” group which refers to the group -O-C(O)NRyRz and an “N-carbamoyl” group which refers to the group -NRyC(O)ORz, wherein Ry and Rz are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0034] “Carboxyl ester” or “ester” refer to both -OC(O)Rx and -C(O)ORx, wherein Rx is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0035] “Cyanoalkyl” refers to refers to an alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more (e.g., one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a cyano (-CN) group. [0036] “Cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic alkyl group having a single ring or multiple rings including fused, bridged and spiro ring systems. The term “cycloalkyl” includes cycloalkenyl groups (i.e., the cyclic group having at least one double bond) and carbocyclic fused ring systems having at least one sp3 carbon atom (i.e., at least one non-aromatic ring). As used herein, cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-20 cycloalkyl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-12 cycloalkyl), 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-10 cycloalkyl), 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-8 cycloalkyl), or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-6 cycloalkyl). Monocyclic groups include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic groups include, for example, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl, 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like. Further, the term cycloalkyl is intended to encompass any non-aromatic ring which may be fused to an aryl ring, regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule. Still further, cycloalkyl also includes “spirocycloalkyl” when there are two positions for substitution on the same carbon atom, for example spiro[2.5]octanyl, spiro[4.5]decanyl, or spiro[5.5]undecanyl. [0037] “Cycloalkoxy” refers to “-O-cycloalkyl.” [0038] “Cycloalkylalkyl” refers to the group “cycloalkyl-alkyl-”. [0039] “Cycloalkylalkoxy” refers to “-O-alkyl-cycloalkyl.” [0040] “Guanidino” refers to -NRyC(=NRz)(NRyRz), wherein each Ry and Rz are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0041] “Hydrazino” refers to -NHNH2. [0042] “Imino” refers to a group -C(NRy)Rz, wherein Ry and Rz are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0043] “Imido” refers to a group -C(O)NRyC(O)Rz, wherein Ry and Rz are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0044] “Halogen” or “halo” refers to atoms occupying group VIIA of the periodic table, such as fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo. [0045] “Haloalkyl” refers to an unbranched or branched alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen. For example, where a residue is substituted with more than one halogen, it may be referred to by using a prefix corresponding to the number of halogen moieties attached. Dihaloalkyl and trihaloalkyl refer to alkyl substituted with two (“di”) or three (“tri”) halo groups, which may be, but are not necessarily, the same halogen. Examples of haloalkyl include, e.g., trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1,2-difluoroethyl, 3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl, 1,2-dibromoethyl, and the like. [0046] “Haloalkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group as defined above, wherein one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen. [0047] “Hydroxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a hydroxy group. [0048] “Heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group, provided the point of attachment to the remainder of the molecule is through a carbon atom. The term “heteroalkyl” includes unbranched or branched saturated chain having carbon and heteroatoms. By way of example, 1, 2 or 3 carbon atoms may be independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group. Heteroatomic groups include, but are not limited to, -NRy-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, and the like, wherein Ry is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. Examples of heteroalkyl groups include, e.g., ethers (e.g., -CH2OCH3, -CH(CH3)OCH3, -CH2CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OCH2CH2OCH3, etc.), thioethers (e.g., -CH2SCH3, -CH(CH3)SCH3, -CH2CH2SCH3, -CH2CH2SCH2CH2SCH3, etc.), sulfones (e.g., -CH2S(O)2CH3, -CH(CH3)S(O)2CH3, -CH2CH2S(O)2CH3, -CH2CH2S(O)2CH2CH2OCH3, etc.) and amines (e.g., -CH2NRyCH3, -CH(CH3)NRyCH3, -CH2CH2NRyCH3, -CH2CH2NRyCH2CH2NRyCH3, etc., where Ry is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein). As used herein, heteroalkyl includes 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and 1 to 3 heteroatoms, 1 to 2 heteroatoms, or 1 heteroatom. [0049] “Heteroalkylene” refers to a divalent alkyl group (i.e., alkylene) in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group. “Heteroalkylene” groups must have at least one carbon and at least one heteroatomic group within the chain. The term “heteroalkylene” includes unbranched or branched saturated chain having carbon and heteroatoms. By way of example, 1, 2 or 3 carbon atoms may be independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group. Heteroatomic groups include, but are not limited to, -NRy-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, and the like, wherein Ry is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. Examples of heteroalkylene groups include, e.g., -CH2OCH2-, -CH(CH3)OCH2-, -CH2CH2OCH2-, -CH2CH2OCH2CH2OCH2-, -CH2SCH2-, -CH(CH3)SCH2-, -CH2CH2SCH2-, -CH2CH2SCH2CH2SCH2-, -CH2S(O)2CH2-, -CH(CH3)S(O)2CH2-, -CH2CH2S(O)2CH2-, -CH2CH2S(O)2CH2CH2OCH2-, -CH2NRyCH2-, -CH(CH3)NRyCH2-, -CH2CH2NRyCH2-, -CH2CH2NRyCH2CH2NRyCH2-, etc., where Ry is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein). As used herein, heteroalkylene includes 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and 1 to 3 heteroatoms, 1 to 2 heteroatoms, or 1 heteroatom. As used herein, the term “heteroalkylene” does not include groups such as amides or other functional groups having an oxo present on one or more carbon atoms. [0050] “Heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic group having a single ring, multiple rings or multiple fused rings, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. As used herein, heteroaryl includes 1 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C1-20 heteroaryl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-12 heteroaryl), or 3 to 8 carbon ring atoms (i.e., C3-8 heteroaryl); and 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. In certain instances, heteroaryl includes 5-10 membered ring systems, 5-7 membered ring systems, or 5-6 membered ring systems, each independently having 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, e.g., acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzindolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothienyl (benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl, benzo[4,6]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, 1-oxidopyridinyl, 1-oxidopyrimidinyl, 1-oxidopyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridazinyl, phenazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, quinuclidinyl, isoquinolinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiophenyl (i.e., thienyl), triazolyl, tetrazolyl and triazinyl. Examples of the fused-heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, benzo[d]thiazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzo[b]thiophenyl, indazolyl, benzo[d]imidazolyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, and imidazo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, where the heteroaryl can be bound via either ring of the fused system. Any aromatic ring, having a single or multiple fused rings, containing at least one heteroatom, is considered a heteroaryl regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule (i.e., through any one of the fused rings). Heteroaryl does not encompass or overlap with aryl as defined above. [0051] “Heteroarylalkyl” refers to the group “heteroaryl-alkyl-”. [0052] “Heterocyclyl” refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic alkyl group, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The term “heterocyclyl” includes heterocycloalkenyl groups (i.e., the heterocyclyl group having at least one double bond), bridged-heterocyclyl groups, fused-heterocyclyl groups, and spiro-heterocyclyl groups. A heterocyclyl may be a single ring or multiple rings wherein the multiple rings may be fused, bridged or spiro, and may comprise one or more (e.g., one to three or one or two) oxo (=O) or N- oxide (-O-) moieties. Any non-aromatic ring or fused ring system containing at least one heteroatom and one non-aromatic ring is considered a heterocyclyl, regardless of the attachment (i.e., can be bound through a carbon atom or a heteroatom). Further, the term heterocyclyl is intended to encompass any non-aromatic ring containing at least one heteroatom, which ring may be fused to a cycloalkyl, an aryl, or heteroaryl ring, regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule. Further, the term heterocyclyl is intended to encompass any non-aromatic ring containing at least one heteroatom, which ring may be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl ring, regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule. As used herein, heterocyclyl has 2 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C2-20 heterocyclyl), 2 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C2-12 heterocyclyl), 2 to 10 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C2-10 heterocyclyl), 2 to 8 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C2-8 heterocyclyl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-12 heterocyclyl), 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-8 heterocyclyl), or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-6 heterocyclyl); having 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include, e.g., azetidinyl, azepinyl, benzodioxolyl, benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, benzopyranyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranonyl, benzofuranonyl, dioxolanyl, dihydropyranyl, hydropyranyl, thienyl[1,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, furanonyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydropyranyl, trithianyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, and 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. The term “heterocyclyl” also includes “spiroheterocyclyl” when there are two positions for substitution on the same carbon atom. Examples of the spiro-heterocyclyl rings include, e.g., bicyclic and tricyclic ring systems, such as 2-oxa-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonanyl, 2-oxa-6- azaspiro[3.4]octanyl and 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl. Examples of the fused-heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[2,3- c]pyridinyl, indolinyl and isoindolinyl, where the heterocyclyl can be bound via either ring of the fused system. [0053] “Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to the group “heterocyclyl-alkyl-”. [0054] “Oxime” refers to the group -CRy(=NOH) wherein Ry is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0055] “Sulfonyl” refers to the group -S(O)2Ry, where Ry is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. Examples of sulfonyl are methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl and toluenesulfonyl. [0056] “Sulfinyl” refers to the group -S(O)Ry, where Ry is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. Examples of sulfinyl are methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, phenylsulfinyl and toluenesulfinyl. [0057] “Sulfonamido” refers to the groups -SO2NRyRz and -NRySO2Rz, where Ry and Rz are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroalkyl or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. [0058] The terms “optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. Also, the term “optionally substituted” refers to any one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms on the designated atom or group may or may not be replaced by a moiety other than hydrogen. [0059] In certain embodiments, Ry and Rz as used herein are optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, Ry and Rz as used herein are unsubstituted. [0060] The term “substituted” used herein means any of the above groups (i.e., alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylene, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, and/or heteroalkyl) wherein at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to a non-hydrogen atom such as, but not limited to alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, acyl, amido, amino, amidino, aryl, aralkyl, azido, carbamoyl, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cyano, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, guanadino, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydrazine, hydrazone, imino, imido, hydroxy, oxo, oxime, nitro, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, sulfinic acid, sulfonic acid, sulfonamido, thiol, thioxo, N-oxide, or -Si(Ry)3 wherein each Ry is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl. [0061] In certain embodiments, “substituted” includes any of the above alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms are independently replaced with deuterium, halo, cyano, nitro, azido, oxo, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -NRgRh, -NRgC(=O)Rh, -NRgC(=O)NRgRh, -NRgC(=O)ORh, -NRgS(=O)1-2Rh, -C(=O)Rg, -C(=O)ORg, -OC(=O)ORg, -OC(=O)Rg, -C(=O)NRgRh, -OC(=O)NRgRh, -ORg, -SRg, -S(=O)Rg, -S(=O)2Rg, -OS(=O)1-2Rg, -S(=O)1-2ORg, -NRgS(=O)1-2NRgRh, =NSO2Rg, =NORg, -S(=O)1-2NRgRh, -SF5, -SCF3 or -OCF3. In certain embodiments, “substituted” also means any of the above groups in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced with -C(=O)Rg, -C(=O)ORg, -C(=O)NRgRh, -CH2SO2Rg, -CH2SO2NRgRh. In the foregoing, Rg and Rh are the same or different and independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, and/or heteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, “substituted” also means any of the above groups in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a bond to an amino, cyano, hydroxyl, imino, nitro, oxo, thioxo, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, and/or heteroarylalkyl, or two of Rg and Rh and Ri are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted with oxo, halo or alkyl optionally substituted with oxo, halo, amino, hydroxyl, or alkoxy. [0062] Polymers or similar indefinite structures arrived at by defining substituents with further substituents appended ad infinitum (e.g., a substituted aryl having a substituted alkyl which is itself substituted with a substituted aryl group, which is further substituted by a substituted heteroalkyl group, etc.) are not intended for inclusion herein. Unless otherwise noted, the maximum number of serial substitutions in compounds described herein is three. For example, serial substitutions of substituted aryl groups with two other substituted aryl groups are limited to ((substituted aryl)substituted aryl)substituted aryl. Similarly, the above definitions are not intended to include impermissible substitution patterns (e.g., methyl substituted with 5 fluorines or heteroaryl groups having two adjacent oxygen ring atoms). Such impermissible substitution patterns are well known to the skilled artisan. When used to modify a chemical group, the term “substituted” may describe other chemical groups defined herein. [0063] In certain embodiments, as used herein, the phrase “one or more” refers to one to five. In certain embodiments, as used herein, the phrase “one or more” refers to one to three. [0064] Any compound or structure given herein, is also intended to represent unlabeled forms as well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds. These forms of compounds may also be referred to as “isotopically enriched analogs.” Isotopically labeled compounds have structures depicted herein, except that one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) atoms are replaced by an atom having a selected atomic mass or mass number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine and iodine, such as 2H, 3H, 11C, 13C, 14C, 13N, 15N, 15O, 17O, 18O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, 36Cl, 123I, and 125I, respectively. Various isotopically labeled compounds of the present disclosure, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are incorporated. Such isotopically labelled compounds may be useful in metabolic studies, reaction kinetic studies, detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays or in radioactive treatment of patients. [0065] The term “isotopically enriched analogs” includes “deuterated analogs” of compounds described herein in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogens is/are replaced by deuterium, such as a hydrogen on a carbon atom. Such compounds exhibit increased resistance to metabolism and are thus useful for increasing the half-life of any compound when administered to a mammal, particularly a human. See, for example, Foster, “Deuterium Isotope Effects in Studies of Drug Metabolism,” Trends Pharmacol. Sci.5(12):524-527 (1984). Such compounds are synthesized by means well known in the art, for example by employing starting materials in which one or more (e.g., one to five or one to three) hydrogens have been replaced by deuterium. [0066] Deuterium labelled or substituted therapeutic compounds of the disclosure may have improved DMPK (drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics) properties, relating to distribution, metabolism and excretion (ADME). Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life, reduced dosage requirements and/or an improvement in therapeutic index. An 18F, 3H, 11C labeled compound may be useful for PET or SPECT or other imaging studies. Isotopically labeled compounds of this disclosure and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent. It is understood that deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent in a compound described herein. [0067] The concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium, may be defined by an isotopic enrichment factor. In the compounds of this disclosure any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom. Unless otherwise stated, when a position is designated specifically as “H” or “hydrogen,” the position is understood to have hydrogen at its natural abundance isotopic composition. Accordingly, in the compounds of this disclosure any atom specifically designated as a deuterium (D) is meant to represent deuterium. [0068] In many cases, the compounds of this disclosure are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto. [0069] Provided are also or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, deuterated analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, and prodrugs of the compounds described herein. “Pharmaceutically acceptable” or “physiologically acceptable” refer to compounds, salts, compositions, dosage forms and other materials which are useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is suitable for veterinary or human pharmaceutical use. [0070] The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” of a given compound refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the given compound and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” or “physiologically acceptable salts” include, for example, salts with inorganic acids and salts with an organic acid. In addition, if the compounds described herein are obtained as an acid addition salt, the free base can be obtained by basifying a solution of the acid salt. Conversely, if the product is a free base, an addition salt, particularly a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt, may be produced by dissolving the free base in a suitable organic solvent and treating the solution with an acid, in accordance with conventional procedures for preparing acid addition salts from base compounds. Those skilled in the art will recognize various synthetic methodologies that may be used to prepare nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared from inorganic and organic acids. Salts derived from inorganic acids include, e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like. Salts derived from organic acids include, e.g., acetic acid, propionic acid, gluconic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluene-sulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like. Likewise, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be prepared from inorganic and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, lithium, aluminum, ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as alkyl amines (i.e., NH2(alkyl)), dialkyl amines (i.e., HN(alkyl)2), trialkyl amines (i.e., N(alkyl)3), substituted alkyl amines (i.e., NH2(substituted alkyl)), di(substituted alkyl) amines (i.e., HN(substituted alkyl)2), tri(substituted alkyl) amines (i.e., N(substituted alkyl)3), alkenyl amines (i.e., NH2(alkenyl)), dialkenyl amines (i.e., HN(alkenyl)2), trialkenyl amines (i.e., N(alkenyl)3), substituted alkenyl amines (i.e., NH2(substituted alkenyl)), di(substituted alkenyl) amines (i.e., HN(substituted alkenyl)2), tri(substituted alkenyl) amines (i.e., N(substituted alkenyl)3, mono-, di- or tri- cycloalkyl amines (i.e., NH2(cycloalkyl), HN(cycloalkyl)2, N(cycloalkyl)3), mono-, di- or tri- arylamines (i.e., NH2(aryl), HN(aryl)2, N(aryl)3) or mixed amines, etc. Specific examples of suitable amines include, by way of example only, isopropylamine, trimethyl amine, diethyl amine, tri(iso-propyl) amine, tri(n-propyl) amine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, piperazine, piperidine, morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine and the like. [0071] The term “hydrate” refers to the complex formed by the combining of a compound described herein and water. [0072] A “solvate” refers to an association or complex of one or more solvent molecules and a compound of the disclosure. Examples of solvents that form solvates include, but are not limited to, water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, dimethylsulfoxide, ethylacetate, acetic acid and ethanolamine. [0073] Some of the compounds exist as tautomers. Tautomers are in equilibrium with one another. For example, amide containing compounds may exist in equilibrium with imidic acid tautomers. Regardless of which tautomer is shown and regardless of the nature of the equilibrium among tautomers, the compounds are understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to comprise both amide and imidic acid tautomers. Thus, the amide containing compounds are understood to include their imidic acid tautomers. Likewise, the imidic acid containing compounds are understood to include their amide tautomers. [0074] The compounds of the disclosure, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts include an asymmetric center and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids. The present disclosure is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms. Optically active (+) and (-), (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)- isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization. Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centres of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers. [0075] A “stereoisomer” refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures, which are not interchangeable. The present disclosure contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes “enantiomers,” which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposeable mirror images of one another. [0076] “Diastereomers” are stereoisomers that have at least two asymmetric atoms, but which are not mirror-images of each other. [0077] Relative centers of the compounds as depicted herein are indicated graphically using the “thick bond” style (bold or parallel lines) and absolute stereochemistry is depicted using wedge bonds (bold or parallel lines). [0078] “Prodrugs” means any compound which releases an active parent drug according to a structure described herein in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of a compound described herein are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound described herein in such a way that the modifications may be cleaved in vivo to release the parent compound. Prodrugs may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds. Prodrugs include compounds described herein wherein a hydroxy, amino, carboxyl, or sulfhydryl group in a compound described herein is bonded to any group that may be cleaved in vivo to regenerate the free hydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters (e.g., acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives), amides, guanidines, carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy functional groups in compounds described herein and the like. Preparation, selection and use of prodrugs is discussed in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol.14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series; “Design of Prodrugs,” ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985; and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 2. Compounds [0079] Provided herein are compounds that are modulators of chemotactic cytokines (chemokine) receptor CCR2 (e.g., CCR2 antagonists). In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I: I or a pharmaceuti
Figure imgf000016_0001
cally acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1; R1 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR11, -N(R11)2, -C(O)R11, -C(O)OR11, -OC(O)R11, -C(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)R11, -OC(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)OR11, -S(O)0-2R11, -NR11S(O)1-2R11, -NR11C(O)N(R11)2, or -NR11S(O)1-2N(R11)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to six Z1; R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L1-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L1-heterocyclyl, -L1-aryl, or -L1-heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; or R2 and R3 together with the atom(s) to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; L1 is -O-, -NR7C(O)-, -C(O)NR7-, -C(O)NR7-C1-3 alkylene-, or -NR7(O)-C1-3 alkylene-; each R3 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR13, -N(R13)2, -C(O)R13, -C(O)OR13, -OC(O)R13, -C(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)R13, -OC(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)OR13, -S(O)0-2R13, -NR13S(O)1-2R13, -NR13C(O)N(R13)2, or -NR13S(O)1-2N(R13)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to six Z1; or two R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R4 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein the C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR15, -N(R15)2, -C(O)R15, -C(O)OR15, -OC(O)R15, -C(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)R15, -OC(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)OR15, -S(O)0-2R15, -NR15S(O)1-2R15, -NR15C(O)N(R15)2, or -NR15S(O)1-2N(R15)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; R7 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each Z1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10, -N(R10)2, -C(O)R10, -C(O)OR10, -OC(O)R10, -C(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)R10, -OC(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)OR10, -S(O)0-2R10, -NR10S(O)1-2R10, -NR10C(O)N(R10)2, or -NR10S(O)1-2N(R10)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R11 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R13 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R15 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each Z1a is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10a, -N(R10a)2, -C(O)R10a, -C(O)OR10a, -OC(O)R10a, -C(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10C(O)R10a, -OC(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10aC(O)OR10a, -S(O)0-2R10a, -NR10aS(O)1-2R10a, -NR10aC(O)N(R10a)2, or -NR10aS(O)1-2N(R10a)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each R10a is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each Z1b is independently halo, cyano, -OH, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L-C1-6 alkyl, -L-C2-6 alkenyl, -L-C2-6 alkynyl, -L-C1-6 haloalkyl, -L-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L-heterocyclyl, -L-aryl, or -L-heteroaryl; and each L is independently -O-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -N(heterocyclyl)-, -N(aryl)-, -N(heteroaryl)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -C(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -C(O)N(aryl)-, -C(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -OC(O)NH-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -OC(O)N(aryl)-, -OC(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -NHC(O)-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)-, -N(aryl)C(O)-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)-, -NHC(O)O-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)O-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)O-, -N(aryl)C(O)O-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)O-, -NHC(O)NH-, -NHS(O)-, -NHS(O)2NH, -S(O)NH-, -S(O)2NH, -NHS(O)NH-, or -NHS(O)2NH-; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl of Z1b and L is further independently optionally substituted with one to five halo, cyano, hydroxy, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, [0080] C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. [0081] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I: I or a pharmaceuti
Figure imgf000019_0001
y p , p y g, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1; R1 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR11, -N(R11)2, -C(O)R11, -C(O)OR11, -OC(O)R11, -C(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)R11, -OC(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)OR11, -S(O)0-2R11, -NR11S(O)1-2R11, -NR11C(O)N(R11)2, or -NR11S(O)1-2N(R11)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to six Z1; R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -O-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -O-heterocyclyl, -O-aryl, or -O-heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; each R3 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR13, -N(R13)2, -C(O)R13, -C(O)OR13, -OC(O)R13, -C(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)R13, -OC(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)OR13, -S(O)0-2R13, -NR13S(O)1-2R13, -NR13C(O)N(R13)2, or -NR13S(O)1-2N(R13)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl,
Figure imgf000019_0002
C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to six Z1; or two R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R4 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein the C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR15, -N(R15)2, -C(O)R15, -C(O)OR15, -OC(O)R15, -C(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)R15, -OC(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)OR15, -S(O)0-2R15, -NR15S(O)1-2R15, -NR15C(O)N(R15)2, or -NR15S(O)1-2N(R15)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each Z1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10, -N(R10)2, -C(O)R10, -C(O)OR10, -OC(O)R10, -C(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)R10, -OC(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)OR10, -S(O)0-2R10, -NR10S(O)1-2R10, -NR10C(O)N(R10)2, or -NR10S(O)1-2N(R10)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R11 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R13 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R15 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each Z1a is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10a, -N(R10a)2, -C(O)R10a, -C(O)OR10a, -OC(O)R10a, -C(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10C(O)R10a, -OC(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10aC(O)OR10a, -S(O)0-2R10a, -NR10aS(O)1-2R10a, -NR10aC(O)N(R10a)2, or -NR10aS(O)1-2N(R10a)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each R10a is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each Z1b is independently halo, cyano, -OH, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L-C1-6 alkyl, -L-C2-6 alkenyl, -L-C2-6 alkynyl, -L-C1-6 haloalkyl, -L-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L-heterocyclyl, -L-aryl, or -L-heteroaryl; and each L is independently -O-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -N(heterocyclyl)-, -N(aryl)-, -N(heteroaryl)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -C(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -C(O)N(aryl)-, -C(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -OC(O)NH-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -OC(O)N(aryl)-, -OC(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -NHC(O)-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)-, -N(aryl)C(O)-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)-, -NHC(O)O-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)O-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)O-, -N(aryl)C(O)O-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)O-, -NHC(O)NH-, -NHS(O)-, -NHS(O)2NH, -S(O)NH-, -S(O)2NH, -NHS(O)NH-, or -NHS(O)2NH-; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl of Z1b and L is further independently optionally substituted with one to five halo, cyano, hydroxy, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. [0082] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I: I
Figure imgf000021_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; R1 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR11, -N(R11)2, -C(O)R11, -C(O)OR11, -OC(O)R11, -C(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)R11, -OC(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)OR11, -S(O)0-2R11, -NR11S(O)1-2R11, -NR11C(O)N(R11)2, or -NR11S(O)1-2N(R11)2; R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L1-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L1-heterocyclyl, -L1-aryl, or -L1-heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; or R2 and R3 together with the atom(s) to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; L1 is -O-, -NR7C(O)-, -C(O)NR7-, -C(O)NR7-C1-3 alkylene-, or -NR7(O)-C1-3 alkylene-; each R3 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR13, -N(R13)2, -C(O)R13, -C(O)OR13, -OC(O)R13, -C(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)R13, -OC(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)OR13, -S(O)0-2R13, -NR13S(O)1-2R13, -NR13C(O)N(R13)2, or -NR13S(O)1-2N(R13)2; or two R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; R4 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR15, -N(R15)2, -C(O)R15, -C(O)OR15, -OC(O)R15, -C(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)R15, -OC(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)OR15, -S(O)0-2R15, -NR15S(O)1-2R15, -NR15C(O)N(R15)2, or -NR15S(O)1-2N(R15)2; R7 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each Z1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10, -N(R10)2, -C(O)R10, -C(O)OR10, -OC(O)R10, -C(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)R10, -OC(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)OR10, -S(O)0-2R10, -NR10S(O)1-2R10, -NR10C(O)N(R10)2, or -NR10S(O)1-2N(R10)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each R11 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each R13 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each R15 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each Z1a is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10a, -N(R10a)2, -C(O)R10a, -C(O)OR10a, -OC(O)R10a, -C(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10C(O)R10a, -OC(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10aC(O)OR10a, -S(O)0-2R10a, -NR10aS(O)1-2R10a, -NR10aC(O)N(R10a)2, or -NR10aS(O)1-2N(R10a)2; and each R10a is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. [0083] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula II: II or a pharmaceu
Figure imgf000023_0001
y p , p y g, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: n is 0, 1, or 2; m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1; R1 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR11, -N(R11)2, -C(O)R11, -C(O)OR11, -OC(O)R11, -C(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)R11, -OC(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)OR11, -S(O)0-2R11, -NR11S(O)1-2R11, -NR11C(O)N(R11)2, or -NR11S(O)1-2N(R11)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to six Z1; R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L1-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L1-heterocyclyl, -L1-aryl, or -L1-heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; or R2 and R3 together with the atom(s) to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; L1 is -O-, -NR7C(O)-, -C(O)NR7-, -C(O)NR7-C1-3 alkylene-, or -NR7(O)-C1-3 alkylene-; each R3 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR13, -N(R13)2, -C(O)R13, -C(O)OR13, -OC(O)R13, -C(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)R13, -OC(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)OR13, -S(O)0-2R13, -NR13S(O)1-2R13, -NR13C(O)N(R13)2, or -NR13S(O)1-2N(R13)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to six Z1; or two R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R4 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein the C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR15, -N(R15)2, -C(O)R15, -C(O)OR15, -OC(O)R15, -C(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)R15, -OC(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)OR15, -S(O)0-2R15, -NR15S(O)1-2R15, -NR15C(O)N(R15)2, or -NR15S(O)1-2N(R15)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; R7 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each Z1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10, -N(R10)2, -C(O)R10, -C(O)OR10, -OC(O)R10, -C(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)R10, -OC(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)OR10, -S(O)0-2R10, -NR10S(O)1-2R10, -NR10C(O)N(R10)2, or -NR10S(O)1-2N(R10)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R11 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R13 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R15 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each Z1a is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10a, -N(R10a)2, -C(O)R10a, -C(O)OR10a, -OC(O)R10a, -C(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10C(O)R10a, -OC(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10aC(O)OR10a, -S(O)0-2R10a, -NR10aS(O)1-2R10a, -NR10aC(O)N(R10a)2, or -NR10aS(O)1-2N(R10a)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each R10a is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each Z1b is independently halo, cyano, -OH, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L-C1-6 alkyl, -L-C2-6 alkenyl, -L-C2-6 alkynyl, -L-C1-6 haloalkyl, -L-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L-heterocyclyl, -L-aryl, or -L-heteroaryl; and each L is independently -O-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -N(heterocyclyl)-, -N(aryl)-, -N(heteroaryl)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -C(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -C(O)N(aryl)-, -C(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -OC(O)NH-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -OC(O)N(aryl)-, -OC(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -NHC(O)-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)-, -N(aryl)C(O)-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)-, -NHC(O)O-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)O-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)O-, -N(aryl)C(O)O-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)O-, -NHC(O)NH-, -NHS(O)-, -NHS(O)2NH, -S(O)NH-, -S(O)2NH, -NHS(O)NH-, or -NHS(O)2NH-; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl of Z1b and L is further independently optionally substituted with one to five halo, cyano, hydroxy, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. [0084] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula II: II or a pharmaceut
Figure imgf000026_0001
g, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: n is 0, 1, or 2; m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1; R1 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR11, -N(R11)2, -C(O)R11, -C(O)OR11, -OC(O)R11, -C(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)R11, -OC(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)OR11, -S(O)0-2R11, -NR11S(O)1-2R11, -NR11C(O)N(R11)2, or -NR11S(O)1-2N(R11)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to six Z1; R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -O-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -O-heterocyclyl, -O-aryl, or -O-heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; each R3 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR13, -N(R13)2, -C(O)R13, -C(O)OR13, -OC(O)R13, -C(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)R13, -OC(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)OR13, -S(O)0-2R13, -NR13S(O)1-2R13, -NR13C(O)N(R13)2, or -NR13S(O)1-2N(R13)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to six Z1; or two R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R4 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein the C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR15, -N(R15)2, -C(O)R15, -C(O)OR15, -OC(O)R15, -C(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)R15, -OC(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)OR15, -S(O)0-2R15, -NR15S(O)1-2R15, -NR15C(O)N(R15)2, or -NR15S(O)1-2N(R15)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each Z1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10, -N(R10)2, -C(O)R10, -C(O)OR10, -OC(O)R10, -C(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)R10, -OC(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)OR10, -S(O)0-2R10, -NR10S(O)1-2R10, -NR10C(O)N(R10)2, or -NR10S(O)1-2N(R10)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is indep
Figure imgf000027_0001
ndently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R11 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R13 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R15 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each Z1a is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10a, -N(R10a)2, -C(O)R10a, -C(O)OR10a, -OC(O)R10a, -C(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10C(O)R10a, -OC(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10aC(O)OR10a, -S(O)0-2R10a, -NR10aS(O)1-2R10a, -NR10aC(O)N(R10a)2, or -NR10aS(O)1-2N(R10a)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each R10a is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each Z1b is independently halo, cyano, -OH, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L-C1-6 alkyl, -L-C2-6 alkenyl, -L-C2-6 alkynyl, -L-C1-6 haloalkyl, -L-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L-heterocyclyl, -L-aryl, or -L-heteroaryl; and each L is independently -O-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -N(heterocyclyl)-, -N(aryl)-, -N(heteroaryl)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -C(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -C(O)N(aryl)-, -C(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -OC(O)NH-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -OC(O)N(aryl)-, -OC(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -NHC(O)-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)-, -N(aryl)C(O)-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)-, -NHC(O)O-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)O-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)O-, -N(aryl)C(O)O-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)O-, -NHC(O)NH-, -NHS(O)-, -NHS(O)2NH, -S(O)NH-, -S(O)2NH, -NHS(O)NH-, or -NHS(O)2NH-; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl of Z1b and L is further independently optionally substituted with one to five halo, cyano, hydroxy, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. [0085] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IA: IA or a pharmaceutically a
Figure imgf000028_0001
cceptab e sa t, sotop ca y enr c ed ana og, stereosomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1; R1 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR11, -N(R11)2, -C(O)R11, -C(O)OR11, -OC(O)R11, -C(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)R11, -OC(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)OR11, -S(O)0-2R11, -NR11S(O)1-2R11, -NR11C(O)N(R11)2, or -NR11S(O)1-2N(R11)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to six Z1; R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -O-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -O-heterocyclyl, -O-aryl, or -O-heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; each R3 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR13, -N(R13)2, -C(O)R13, -C(O)OR13, -OC(O)R13, -C(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)R13, -OC(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)OR13, -S(O)0-2R13, -NR13S(O)1-2R13, -NR13C(O)N(R13)2, or -NR13S(O)1-2N(R13)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to six Z1; or two R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; each Z1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10, -N(R10)2, -C(O)R10, -C(O)OR10, -OC(O)R10, -C(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)R10, -OC(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)OR10, -S(O)0-2R10, -NR10S(O)1-2R10, -NR10C(O)N(R10)2, or -NR10S(O)1-2N(R10)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R11 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R13 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each Z1a is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10a, -N(R10a)2, -C(O)R10a, -C(O)OR10a, -OC(O)R10a, -C(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10C(O)R10a, -OC(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10aC(O)OR10a, -S(O)0-2R10a, -NR10aS(O)1-2R10a, -NR10aC(O)N(R10a)2, or -NR10aS(O)1-2N(R10a)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each R10a is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each Z1b is independently halo, cyano, -OH, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L-C1-6 alkyl, -L-C2-6 alkenyl, -L-C2-6 alkynyl, -L-C1-6 haloalkyl, -L-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L-heterocyclyl, -L-aryl, or -L-heteroaryl; and each L is independently -O-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -N(heterocyclyl)-, -N(aryl)-, -N(heteroaryl)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -C(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -C(O)N(aryl)-, -C(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -OC(O)NH-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -OC(O)N(aryl)-, -OC(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -NHC(O)-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)-, -N(aryl)C(O)-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)-, -NHC(O)O-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)O-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)O-, -N(aryl)C(O)O-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)O-, -NHC(O)NH-, -NHS(O)-, -NHS(O)2NH, -S(O)NH-, -S(O)2NH, -NHS(O)NH-, or -NHS(O)2NH-; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl of Z1b and L is further independently optionally substituted with one to five halo, cyano, hydroxy, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. [0086] In certain embodiments, R5 and R6 are both C1-3 alkyl. [0087] In certain embodiments, R5 and R6 are both hydrogen. [0088] In certain embodiments, R4 is hydrogen. [0089] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IIA: IA
Figure imgf000030_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: n is 0, 1, or 2; m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1; R1 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR11, -N(R11)2, -C(O)R11, -C(O)OR11, -OC(O)R11, -C(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)R11, -OC(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)OR11, -S(O)0-2R11, -NR11S(O)1-2R11, -NR11C(O)N(R11)2, or -NR11S(O)1-2N(R11)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to six Z1; R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -O-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -O-heterocyclyl, -O-aryl, or -O-heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; each R3 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR13, -N(R13)2, -C(O)R13, -C(O)OR13, -OC(O)R13, -C(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)R13, -OC(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)OR13, -S(O)0-2R13, -NR13S(O)1-2R13, -NR13C(O)N(R13)2, or -NR13S(O)1-2N(R13)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to six Z1; or two R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; each Z1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10, -N(R10)2, -C(O)R10, -C(O)OR10, -OC(O)R10, -C(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)R10, -OC(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)OR10, -S(O)0-2R10, -NR10S(O)1-2R10, -NR10C(O)N(R10)2, or -NR10S(O)1-2N(R10)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R11 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R13 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each Z1a is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10a, -N(R10a)2, -C(O)R10a, -C(O)OR10a, -OC(O)R10a, -C(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10C(O)R10a, -OC(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10aC(O)OR10a, -S(O)0-2R10a, -NR10aS(O)1-2R10a, -NR10aC(O)N(R10a)2, or -NR10aS(O)1-2N(R10a)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each R10a is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each Z1b is independently halo, cyano, -OH, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L-C1-6 alkyl, -L-C2-6 alkenyl, -L-C2-6 alkynyl, -L-C1-6 haloalkyl, -L-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L-heterocyclyl, -L-aryl, or -L-heteroaryl; and each L is independently -O-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -N(heterocyclyl)-, -N(aryl)-, -N(heteroaryl)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -C(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -C(O)N(aryl)-, -C(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -OC(O)NH-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -OC(O)N(aryl)-, -OC(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -NHC(O)-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)-, -N(aryl)C(O)-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)-, -NHC(O)O-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)O-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)O-, -N(aryl)C(O)O-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)O-, -NHC(O)NH-, -NHS(O)-, -NHS(O)2NH, -S(O)NH-, -S(O)2NH, -NHS(O)NH-, or -NHS(O)2NH-; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl of Z1b and L is further independently optionally substituted with one to five halo, cyano, hydroxy, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. [0090] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IIB: IB wherein A, R1, R2, and
Figure imgf000033_0001
[0091] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IIC: IC wherein A, R1, R2, and
Figure imgf000033_0002
, . [0092] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IID: ID wherein A, R1, R2, and R
Figure imgf000033_0003
, m an are as e ne ere n. [0093] In certain embodiments, m is 0. [0094] In certain embodiments, m is 1. [0095] In certain embodiments, m is 2. [0096] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IB: IB wherein A, R1, R2, and
Figure imgf000033_0004
R , t are as defined herein. [0097] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IIE: IE
Figure imgf000033_0005
wherein A, R1, R2, and R3, t are as defined herein [0098] In certain embodiments, n is 0. In certain embodiments, n is 1. In certain embodiments, n is 2. In certain embodiments, with respect to any of the formula described above, ring A is aryl. [0099] In certain embodiments, ring A is phenyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is phenyl, and R1 is C1-6 haloalkyl. [0100] In certain embodiments, ring A is heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, ring A is heteroaryl, and R1 is C1-6 haloalkyl. [0101] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IC: IC wherein R1, R2, and R3,
Figure imgf000034_0001
[0102] In certain embodiments, t is 0. [0103] In certain embodiments, t is 1. [0104] In certain embodiments, t is 0 or 1, and R3 is halo, -OH, or -C(O)OR13. In certain embodiments, t is 0 or 1, and R3 is independently -OH, or -C(O)OR13; and R13 is hydrogen or C1- 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R3 is independently halo, -OH, or -C(O)OR13. In certain embodiments, each R3 is independently halo or hydroxy. [0105] In certain embodiments, t is 0 or 1; and R3 is independently -OH, or -C(O)OR13; R4 is hydrogen; R5 and R6 are each hydrogen; and R13 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl. [0106] In certain embodiments, m is 2; t is 0 or 1; and R3 is independently -OH, or -C(O)OR13; R4 is hydrogen; R5 and R6 are each hydrogen; and R13 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl. [0107] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula ID: ID wherein R1, R2, and R3 a
Figure imgf000034_0002
re as defined herein. [0108] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IIF: IIF 1 2
Figure imgf000034_0003
wherein n, R , R , and R3 are as defined herein. [0109] In certain embodiments, R3 is halo, -OH, or -C(O)OR13; and R13 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl. [0110] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IE: IE wherein R1 and R2 are a
Figure imgf000035_0001
[0111] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IIG: IG wherein n, R1, and R2 ar
Figure imgf000035_0002
[0112] In certain embodiments, R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; or R2 and R3 together with the atom(s) to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring. [0113] In certain embodiments, R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1. [0114] In certain embodiments, R2 is aryl or heteroaryl, where each aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1. [0115] In certain embodiments, R2 is aryl optionally substituted with one to five Z1. [0116] In certain embodiments, R2 is phenyl optionally substituted with one to five Z1. [0117] In certain embodiments, R2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one to five Z1. [0118] In certain embodiments, R2 is pyridyl or thiazolyl, each being optionally substituted with one to five Z1. [0119] In certain embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or -OR10, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1a. [0120] In certain embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one to five heteroaryl or -OR10. [0121] In certain embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with pyrimidyl, morpholinyl, diazinanyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, or methoxy; wherein the diazinanyl is further optionally substituted with C1-6 alkyl. [0122] In certain embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one to five heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(O)OR10, or -OR10, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1a. [0123] In certain embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with pyrimidinyl, morpholinyl, diazinanyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, -O-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, imidazolyl, 1,1- dioxothiomorpholinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyridazinyl, piperidin-2-onyl, 2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyridinyl, or pyrrolidinyl; wherein each is optionally further substituted with halo, hydroxy, C1-6 alkyl, or C1-6 haloalkyl. [0124] In certain embodiments: m is 2; t is 0 or 1; ring A is aryl; R1 is C1-6 haloalkyl; R2 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; or each R3 is independently halo, -OR13, or -C(O)OR13; R4 is hydrogen; R5 and R6 are each hydrogen; each Z1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, -OH, or -C(O)OH; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R13 is independently hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl; each Z1a is independently C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halo, or -OH. [0125] In certain embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with pyrimidyl or methoxy. [0126] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound selected from Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof. Table 1 Ex. No Structure
Figure imgf000036_0001
Ex. No Structure
Figure imgf000037_0001
Ex. No Structure
Figure imgf000038_0001
Ex. No Structure
Figure imgf000039_0001
Ex. No Structure
Figure imgf000040_0001
Ex. No Structure
Figure imgf000041_0001
Ex. No Structure
Figure imgf000042_0001
Ex. No Structure
Figure imgf000043_0001
Ex. No Structure
Figure imgf000044_0002
[0127] In certain embodiments, provided is a compound selected from Table 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, or prodrug thereof. Table 2
Figure imgf000044_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000045_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000046_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000047_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000048_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000049_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000050_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000051_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000052_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000053_0001
Structure
Figure imgf000054_0001
Structure F F O
Figure imgf000055_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000056_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000057_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000058_0001
Structure F F O
Figure imgf000059_0001
Structure
Figure imgf000060_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000061_0001
Structure
Figure imgf000062_0001
Structure
Figure imgf000063_0001
œtructure
Figure imgf000064_0001
3. Methods [0128] “Treatment” or “treating” is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results including clinical results. Beneficial or desired clinical results may include one or more of the following: a) inhibiting the disease or condition (e.g., decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disease or condition, and/or diminishing the extent of the disease or condition); b) slowing or arresting the development of one or more clinical symptoms associated with the disease or condition (e.g., stabilizing the disease or condition, preventing or delaying the worsening or progression of the disease or condition, and/or preventing or delaying the spread (e.g., metastasis) of the disease or condition); and/or c) relieving the disease, that is, causing the regression of clinical symptoms (e.g., ameliorating the disease state, providing partial or total remission of the disease or condition, enhancing effect of another medication, delaying the progression of the disease, increasing the quality of life and/or prolonging survival. In one embodiment, treating does not encompass preventing. [0129] “Prevention” or “preventing” means any treatment of a disease or condition that causes the clinical symptoms of the disease or condition not to develop. Compounds may, in some embodiments, be administered to a subject (including a human) who is at risk or has a family history of the disease or condition. [0130] “Subject” refers to an animal, such as a mammal (including a human), that has been or will be the object of treatment, observation or experiment. The methods described herein may be useful in human therapy and/or veterinary applications. In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In certain embodiments, the subject is a human. [0131] The term “therapeutically effective amount” or “effective amount” of a compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof means an amount sufficient to effect treatment when administered to a subject, to provide a therapeutic benefit such as amelioration of symptoms or slowing of disease progression. For example, a therapeutically effective amount may be an amount sufficient to decrease a symptom of a disease or condition of as described herein. The therapeutically effective amount may vary depending on the subject, and disease or condition being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease or condition, and the manner of administering, which can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. [0132] The methods described herein may be applied to cell populations in vivo or ex vivo. “In vivo” means within a living individual, as within an animal or human. In this context, the methods described herein may be used therapeutically in an individual. “Ex vivo” means outside of a living individual. Examples of ex vivo cell populations include in vitro cell cultures and biological samples including fluid or tissue samples obtained from individuals. Such samples may be obtained by methods well known in the art. Exemplary biological fluid samples include blood, cerebrospinal fluid, urine and saliva. In this context, the compounds and compositions described herein may be used for a variety of purposes, including therapeutic and experimental purposes. For example, the compounds and compositions described herein may be used ex vivo to determine the optimal schedule and/or dosing of administration of a compound of the present disclosure for a given indication, cell type, individual, and other parameters. Information gleaned from such use may be used for experimental purposes or in the clinic to set protocols for in vivo treatment. Other ex vivo uses for which the compounds and compositions described herein may be suited are described below or will become apparent to those skilled in the art. The selected compounds may be further characterized to examine the safety or tolerance dosage in human or non-human subjects. Such properties may be examined using commonly known methods to those skilled in the art. [0133] In embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat or lessen a disease or condition mediated, at least in part, by CCR2, for example, by administering an effective amount of the compound disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof. [0134] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat psoriasis, uveitis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, restenosis, asthma, obesity, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, myocarditis, ulcerative colitis, nephritis (nephropathy), lupus, systemic lupus erythematosus, hepatitis, pancreatitis, sarcoidosis, organ transplantation, Crohn's disease, endometriosis, congestive heart failure, viral meningitis, cerebral infarction, neuropathy, Kawasaki disease, experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis, and sepsis in which tissue infiltration of blood leukocytes, such as monocytes and lymphocytes, play a major role in the initiation, progression or maintenance of the disease. [0135] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat autoimmune diseases. For example, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematosus, Guillain-Barré syndrome, retinal damage, among others. [0136] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat an allergy. [0137] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular disease. For example, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat obesity and atherosclerosis. [0138] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat inflammatory disorders. [0139] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat cancers. It is contemplated that the compounds described herein can be used to treat any type of cancer, including, but not limited to, carcinomas, sarcomas, lymphomas, leukemias and germ cell tumors. Exemplary cancers include, but are not limited to, adrenocortical carcinoma, anal cancer, appendix cancer, basal cell carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, bladder cancer, bone cancer, osteosarcoma or malignant fibrous histiocytoma, brain cancer (e.g., brain stem glioma, astrocytoma (e.g., cerebellar, cerebral, etc.), atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor, central nervous system embryonal tumors, malignant glioma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma, ependymoma, medulloblastoma, medulloepithelioma, pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors and/or pineoblastoma, visual pathway and/or hypothalamic glioma, brain and spinal cord tumors, etc.), breast cancer, bronchial tumors, carcinoid tumor (e.g., gastrointestinal, etc.), carcinoma of unknown primary, cervical cancer, chordoma, chronic myeloproliferative disorders, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, embryonal tumors, cancers of the central nervous system, endometrial cancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer, Ewing family of tumors, eye cancer (e.g., intraocular melanoma, retinoblastoma, etc.), gallbladder cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal tumor (e.g., carcinoid tumor, stromal tumor (gist), stromal cell tumor, etc.), germ cell tumor (e.g., extracranial, extragonadal, ovarian, etc.), gestational trophoblastic tumor, head and neck cancer, hepatocellular cancer, hypopharyngeal cancer, hypothalamic and visual pathway glioma, intraocular melanoma, islet cell tumors, Kaposi sarcoma, kidney cancer, large cell tumors, laryngeal cancer (e.g., acute lymphoblastic, acute myeloid, etc.), leukemia (e.g., myeloid, acute myeloid, acute lymphoblastic, chronic lymphocytic, chronic myelogenous, multiple myelogenous, hairy cell, etc.), lip and/or oral cavity cancer, liver cancer, lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell, small cell, etc.), lymphoma (e.g., AIDS-related, Burkitt, cutaneous Tcell, Hodgkin, non-Hodgkin, primary central nervous system, cutaneous T-cell, Waldenström macroglobulinemia, etc.), malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone and/or osteosarcoma, medulloblastoma, medulloepithelioma, merkel cell carcinoma, mesothelioma, metastatic squamous neck cancer, mouth cancer, multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome, multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm, mycosis fungoides, myelodysplastic syndromes, myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative diseases (e.g., myeloproliferative disorders, chronic, etc.), nasal cavity and/or paranasal sinus cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma, oral cancer; oral cavity cancer, oropharyngeal cancer; osteosarcoma and/or malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone; ovarian cancer (e.g., ovarian epithelial cancer, ovarian germ cell tumor, ovarian low malignant potential tumor, etc.), pancreatic cancer (e.g., islet cell tumors, etc.), papillomatosis, paranasal sinus and/or nasal cavity cancer, parathyroid cancer, penile cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pheochromocytoma, pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation, pineoblastoma and supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors, pituitary tumor, plasma cell neoplasm/multiple myeloma, pleuropulmonary blastoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, renal cell cancer, transitional cell cancer, respiratory tract carcinoma involving the nut gene on chromosome 15, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, sarcoma (e.g., Ewing family of tumors, Kaposi, soft tissue, uterine, etc.), Sézary syndrome, skin cancer (e.g., non- melanoma, melanoma, merkel cell, etc.), small intestine cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, squamous neck cancer with occult primary, metastatic, stomach cancer, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors, testicular cancer, throat cancer, thymoma and/or thymic carcinoma, thyroid cancer, transitional cell cancer of the renal, pelvis and/or ureter (e.g., trophoblastic tumor, unknown primary site carcinoma, urethral cancer, uterine cancer, endometrial, uterine sarcoma, etc.), vaginal cancer, visual pathway and/or hypothalamic glioma, vulvar cancer, Wilms tumor, and the like. Examples of noncancerous cellular proliferative disorders include, but are not limited to, fibroadenoma, adenoma, intraductal papilloma, nipple adenoma, adenosis, fibrocystic disease or changes of breast, plasma cell proliferative disorder (PCPD), restenosis, atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, myofibromatosis, fibrous hamartoma, granular lymphocyte proliferative disorders, benign hyperplasia of prostate, heavy chain diseases (HCDs), lymphoproliferative disorders, psoriasis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, scleroderma, cirrhosis of the liver, IgA nephropathy, mesangial proliferative glomerulonephritis, membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis, hemangiomas, vascular and non-vascular intraocular proliferative disorders, and the like. [0140] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat solid tumors. In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat prostate cancer, breast cancer, and colorectal cancer. In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, bladder cancer, chondrosarcoma, and skin cancer. In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to inhibit metastasis formation. In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat metastatic resistant prostate cancer. In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat bone metastasis. [0141] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat diseases of the nervous system. For example, Ischemia, Stroke, Neurodegeneration, Excitotoxic and mechanical injury, Neurological complications of HIV infections. In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are capable of inhibiting neuronal cell death, such as in prion disease. Generally, the method includes administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition as described herein, to a patient in need of. In some embodiments, the disorder is a neurodegenerative disease. The term “neurodegenerative disease” refers to a disease or condition in which the function of a subject's nervous system becomes impaired. Examples of neurodegenerative diseases include, e.g., Alexander’s disease, Alper’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Ataxia telangiectasia, Batten disease (also known as Spielmeyer-Vogt-Sjogren-Batten disease), Bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), Canavan disease, Cockayne syndrome, Corticobasal degeneration, Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease, frontotemporal dementia, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, Huntington's disease, HIV-associated dementia, Kennedy's disease, Krabbe’s disease, kuru, Lewy body dementia, Machado-Joseph disease (Spinocerebellar ataxia type 3), Multiple sclerosis, Multiple System Atrophy, Narcolepsy, Neuroborreliosis, Parkinson’s disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease, Pick's disease, Primary lateral sclerosis, Prion diseases, Refsum’s disease, Sandhoffs disease, Schilder’s disease, Subacute combined degeneration of spinal cord secondary to Pernicious Anaemia, Schizophrenia, Spinocerebellar ataxia (multiple types with varying characteristics), Spinal muscular atrophy, Steele-Richardson-Olszewski disease, insulin resistance or Tabes dorsalis. [0142] In embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat or lessen the severity of cancer, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, Type 1 diabetes, Parkinson disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, myocardial infarction, cardiovascular disease, atherosclerosis, arrhythmias, or age-related macular degeneration. [0143] In embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat or lessen inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, neuropathic pain, lupus, lupus nephritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, restenosis, immune disorders, transplant rejection, neuroinflammation, acute brain injury, solid tumors, or cancer, for example, by administering an effective amount of the compound disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof. [0144] In embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat or lessen systemic lupus erythematosus or lupus nephritis, for example, by administering an effective amount of the compound disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof. [0145] In embodiments, provided here are the use of the compounds disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, for treating a disease or condition mediated, at least in part, by CCR2. In embodiments, the disease or condition is inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, neuropathic pain, lupus, systemic lupus erythematosus, lupus nephritis, fibrosis, immune disorders, transplant rejection, neuroinflammation, acute brain injury, solid tumors, metabolic disease, or cancer. [0146] In embodiments, provided herein are compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, for use in therapy. [0147] In embodiments, provided herein are compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, for use in treating systemic lupus erythematosus or lupus nephritis. 4. Kits [0148] Provided herein are also kits that include a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and suitable packaging. In certain embodiments, a kit further includes instructions for use. In one aspect, a kit includes a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, and a label and/or instructions for use of the compounds in the treatment of the indications, including the diseases or conditions, described herein. [0149] Provided herein are also articles of manufacture that include a compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof in a suitable container. The container may be a vial, jar, ampoule, preloaded syringe and intravenous bag. 5. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Modes of Administration [0150] Compounds provided herein are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. Thus, provided herein are also pharmaceutical compositions that contain one or more of the compounds described herein a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles selected from carriers, adjuvants and excipients. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles may include, for example, inert solid diluents and fillers, diluents, including sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents, permeation enhancers, solubilizers and adjuvants. Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art. See, e.g., Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Co., Philadelphia, Pa.17th Ed. (1985); and Modern Pharmaceutics, Marcel Dekker, Inc.3rd Ed. (G.S. Banker & C.T. Rhodes, Eds.). [0151] The pharmaceutical compositions may be administered in either single or multiple doses. The pharmaceutical composition may be administered by various methods including, for example, rectal, buccal, intranasal and transdermal routes. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may be administered by intra-arterial injection, intravenously, intraperitoneally, parenterally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, orally, topically, or as an inhalant. [0152] One mode for administration is parenteral, for example, by injection. The forms in which the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be incorporated for administration by injection include, for example, aqueous or oil suspensions, or emulsions, with sesame oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs, mannitol, dextrose, or a sterile aqueous solution, and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. [0153] Oral administration may be another route for administration of the compounds described herein. Administration may be via, for example, capsule or enteric coated tablets. In making the pharmaceutical compositions that include at least one compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof, the active ingredient is usually diluted by an excipient and/or enclosed within such a carrier that can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be in the form of a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. Thus, the compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders. [0154] Some examples of suitable excipients include, e.g., lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup and methyl cellulose. The formulations can additionally include lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents. [0155] The compositions that include at least one compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the subject by employing procedures known in the art. Controlled release drug delivery systems for oral administration include osmotic pump systems and dissolutional systems containing polymer-coated reservoirs or drug-polymer matrix formulations. Another formulation for use in the methods disclosed herein employ transdermal delivery devices (“patches”). Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds described herein in controlled amounts. The construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents. [0156] For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient may be mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or prodrug thereof. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, the active ingredient may be dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. [0157] The tablets or pills of the compounds described herein may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action, or to protect from the acid conditions of the stomach. For example, the tablet or pill can include an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer that serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate. [0158] Compositions for inhalation or insufflation may include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders. The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described herein. In some embodiments, the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect. In other embodiments, compositions in pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be inhaled directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a facemask tent, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices that deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner. 6. Dosing [0159] The specific dose level of a compound of the present application for any particular subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease in the subject undergoing therapy. For example, a dosage may be expressed as a number of milligrams of a compound described herein per kilogram of the subject’s body weight (mg/kg). Dosages of between about 0.1 and 150 mg/kg may be appropriate. In some embodiments, about 0.1 and 100 mg/kg may be appropriate. In other embodiments a dosage of between 0.5 and 60 mg/kg may be appropriate. In some embodiments, a dosage of from about 0.0001 to about 100 mg per kg of body weight per day, from about 0.001 to about 50 mg of compound per kg of body weight, or from about 0.01 to about 10 mg of compound per kg of body weight may be appropriate. Normalizing according to the subject’s body weight is particularly useful when adjusting dosages between subjects of widely disparate size, such as occurs when using the drug in both children and adult humans or when converting an effective dosage in a non-human subject such as dog to a dosage suitable for a human subject. 7. Synthesis of the Compounds [0160] The compounds may be prepared using the methods disclosed herein and routine modifications thereof, which will be apparent given the disclosure herein and methods well known in the art. Conventional and well-known synthetic methods may be used in addition to the teachings herein. The synthesis of typical compounds described herein may be accomplished as described in the following examples. If available, reagents and starting materials may be purchased commercially, e.g., from Sigma Aldrich or other chemical suppliers. [0161] It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures. [0162] Additionally, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. Suitable protecting groups for various functional groups as well as suitable conditions for protecting and deprotecting particular functional groups are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups are described in Wuts, P. G. M., Greene, T. W., & Greene, T. W. (2006). Greene's protective groups in organic synthesis. Hoboken, N.J., Wiley-Interscience, and references cited therein. [0163] Furthermore, the compounds of this disclosure may contain one or more chiral centers. Accordingly, if desired, such compounds can be prepared or isolated as pure stereoisomers, i.e., as individual enantiomers or diastereomers or as stereoisomer-enriched mixtures. All such stereoisomers (and enriched mixtures) are included within the scope of this disclosure, unless otherwise indicated. Pure stereoisomers (or enriched mixtures) may be prepared using, for example, optically active starting materials or stereoselective reagents well-known in the art. Alternatively, racemic mixtures of such compounds can be separated using, for example, chiral column chromatography, chiral resolving agents, and the like. [0164] The starting materials for the following reactions are generally known compounds or can be prepared by known procedures or obvious modifications thereof. For example, many of the starting materials are available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA), Bachem (Torrance, California, USA), Emka-Chemce or Sigma (St. Louis, Missouri, USA). Others may be prepared by procedures or obvious modifications thereof, described in standard reference texts such as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-15 (John Wiley, and Sons, 1991), Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5, and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989) organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley, and Sons, 1991), March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, (John Wiley, and Sons, 5th Edition, 2001), and Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989). General Synthesis Method I [0165] In certain embodiments, provided is a method of preparing a compound of Formula I: I
Figure imgf000073_0001
comprising coupling a compound of Formula I-4: I-4
Figure imgf000073_0002
with a compound of Formula I-5: I-5 under conditions suitable to pro
Figure imgf000074_0001
of Formula I, wherein ring A, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, m, and t are as defined herein. [0166] In certain embodiments, provided is a method of preparing a compound of Formula II: II comprising coup
Figure imgf000074_0002
I-4 with a compound of
Figure imgf000074_0003
I-5 under conditions suitable to pro
Figure imgf000074_0004
v e a compoun of Formula II, wherein ring A, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, n, m, and t are as defined herein. [0167] The following reaction shown in Scheme I illustrates a general method which can be employed for the synthesis of compounds disclosed herein. In Scheme I, ring A, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, m, and t are as defined herein, and PG is a suitable amine protecting group (e.g., BOC).
Scheme I
Figure imgf000075_0001
g , p p y g p 2 under amide coupling conditions. Deprotection of compound I-3 provides compound I-4, or a salt thereof. Coupling of compound I-4 with compound I-5 under reductive amination conditions provides Formula I. [0169] The following reaction shown in Scheme II illustrates a general method which can be employed for the synthesis of compounds disclosed herein. In Scheme II, ring A, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, m, n, and t are as defined herein, and PG is a suitable amine protecting group (e.g., BOC). Scheme II
Figure imgf000075_0002
[0170] Referring to Scheme II, compound II-3 can be provided by contacting II-1 with compound II- 2 under amide coupling conditions. Deprotection of compound II-3 provides compound II-4, or a salt thereof. Coupling of compound II-4 with compound II-5 under reductive amination conditions provides Formula II. [0171] Appropriate starting materials and reagents can be purchased or prepared by methods known to one of skill in the art. For any compound shown in Scheme I and Scheme II, it should be understood that various derivatives can be provided by functional group interconversion at any step. In some embodiments, the various substituents of Formula I-1, I-2, I-3, I-4, I-5, II-1, II-2, II-3, II-4, or II-5 are as defined herein. However, derivatization of compounds I-1, I-2, I-3, I-4, I-5, II-1, II-2, II-3, II-4, or II-5 prior to reacting in any step, and/or further derivatization of the resulting reaction product, provides various compounds of Formula I and Formula II. Appropriate starting materials and reagents can be purchased or prepared by methods known to one of skill in the art. Upon each reaction completion, each of the intermediate or final compounds can be recovered, and optionally purified, by conventional techniques such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, and the like. Other modifications to arrive at compounds of this disclosure are within the skill of the art. [0172] Furthermore, the compounds of this disclosure may contain one or more chiral centers. Accordingly, if desired, such compounds can be prepared or isolated as pure stereoisomers, i.e., as individual enantiomers or diastereomers, or as stereoisomer-enriched mixtures. All such stereoisomers (and enriched mixtures) are included within the scope of this disclosure, unless otherwise indicated. Pure stereoisomers (or enriched mixtures) may be prepared using, for example, optically active starting materials or stereoselective reagents well-known in the art. Alternatively, racemic mixtures of such compounds can be separated using, for example, chiral column chromatography, chiral resolving agents, and the like. It should be appreciated that various isomers of Formula I can be separated as well. EXAMPLES [0173] The following examples are included to demonstrate specific embodiments of the disclosure. It should be appreciated by those of skill in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples which follow represent techniques to function well in the practice of the disclosure, and thus can be considered to constitute specific modes for its practice. However, those of skill in the art should, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments which are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure. General Experimental Methods [0174] All solvents used were commercially available and were used without further purification. Reactions were typically run using anhydrous solvents under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen. [0175] NMR Spectroscopy: All NMR data was collected on Bruker 400 MHz instruments using the deuterated solvent as mentioned in the procedures described below. The peak frequencies are expressed in δ ppm. [0176] Thin Layer Chromatography: Analytical TLC plates from Merck were used for reaction monitoring using solvent system as mentioned in the procedures described below. For preparative TLC for compound purification, silica loaded preparative thin layer chromatography plates were used and solvent systems used are mentioned in the procedures described below. [0177] Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry and High-Performance Liquid Chromatography Analysis: LCMS and HPLC data were generated using instruments from Water both for LCMS and HPLC (preparative and analytical). Procedure 1: Synthesis of Example 26 & Example 27
Figure imgf000077_0001
[ ] repara on o tert- u y -( -{[ -( r uorome y )p eny ] ormam o}ace y )- , - diazaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate: To a stirred solution of 2-{[3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]formamido}acetic acid (437 mg, 1.77 mmol) in DMF (5 mL), PyBOP (920 mg, 1.77 mmol), tert-butyl 2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (0.5 mL, 1.77 mmol), and triethylamine (0.5 mL, 3.53 mmol) were added at 0 °C. The reaction mass was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with cold water (30 mL), the resultant suspension was filtered, and then dried under reduced pressure to afford the crude compound. The crude was further purified using flash chromatography, using 70% EtOAc in heptane as eluent, to afford title compound. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 456.2 [M+H]+. [0179]
Figure imgf000078_0001
(trifluoromethyl)benzamide: To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 7-(2-{[3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]formamido}acetyl)-2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (0.5 g, 1.1 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (7 mL) at 0 °C, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude title compound. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 356.2 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000078_0002
[0180] Preparation of N-(2-oxo-2-{7-[(4r)-4-hydroxy-4-[4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)phenyl]cyclohexyl]- 2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl}ethyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide: To a stirred solution of N-(2- {2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (66.2 mg, 0.19 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0 °C were added 4-hydroxy-4-[4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)phenyl]cyclohexan-1-one (50 mg, 0.19 mmol) and triethylamine (0.15 mL, 1.12 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, then cooled to 0 °C and NaBH(OAc)3 (78.2 mg, 0.37 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC, and after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product. [0181] Purification: The crude was further purified using preparative TLC (Analtech, 2000 micron), using 10% MeOH/DCM as an eluent, to afford the non-polar isomer (Example 26) and polar isomer (Example 27). [0182] Non-Polar Isomer (Example 26): LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 608.4 [M+H]+.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 8.86 (s, 1 H), 8.61 (s, 1 H), 8.36-8.34 (m, 1 H), 8.19-8.15(m,2 H), 7.87 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.73-7.69 (m, 3 H), 7.38( s, 1H ) 4.52 (s, 1 H), 4.08 (s, 2 H), 3.61-3.21 (m, 5 H), 2.72-2.60 (m, 2.21-2.05(m, 2H), 1.95-1.65 (m, 6 H), 1.65-1.51 (m, 5 H). [0183] Polar Isomer (Example 27): LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 608.4 [M+H]+.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ ppm 8.87 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2 H), 8.63 (s, 1 H), 8.35 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.20-8.167 (m, 2 H), 7.89 (d, J = 7.6 Hz 1 H), 7.73 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 7.39 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.20 (m, 1 H), 4.10-4.09 (m, 2 H), 3.63-3.46 (m, 6 H), 2.05-1.85 (m, 14 H). [0184] The following compounds were synthesized by following the procedures as described for Example 26 & Example 27: 1H NMR LC-MS Ex
Figure imgf000079_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000080_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000081_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000082_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000083_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000084_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000085_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000086_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000087_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000088_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000089_0001
1H NMR LC-MS Ex.
Figure imgf000090_0002
Procedure 2: Synthesis of Example 16 & Example 17
Figure imgf000090_0001
[ 5] reparat on o N-( -oxo- -(7-( -p enycyc o exy )- ,7-d azasp ro[ . ]nonan- -y )ethyl)- 3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide: To a stirred solution of N-(2-{2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl}-2- oxoethyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (0.23 g, 0.64 mmol) in THF (5 mL) were added 4- phenylcyclohexan-1-one (0.22 g, 1.29 mmol) and triethylamine (0.5 mL, 3.88 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, then cooled to 0 °C and NaBH(OAc)3 (0.27 g, 1.29 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Progress of the reaction was checked by TLC monitoring, and after completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was further extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL) and combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product. The crude product was purified by chiral preparative HPLC, using the conditions below, to afford isomer 1 (Example 16) and isomer 2 (Example 17). [0186] Purification: The crude product was purified by chiral preparative HPLC using the following conditions: Column: Chiralcel OJ-RH (150 mm x 4.6 mm x 5 µm); Mobile phase (A): 0.1% TFA in water; Mobile phase (B): acetonitrile; Gradient % of B: 0/20,12/60,20/98,25/98,27/20,30/20; Flow rate: 0.6 mL/min. [0187] Isomer 1 (Example 16, RT: 4.99): LC-MS (M+H)+: 514.3.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.92 - 8.88 (m, 1 H), 8.18 (t, J = 12.4 Hz, 2 H), 7.91 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 - 7.11 (m, 5 H), 4.07 - 3.62 (m, 3 H), 3.62 - 3.48 (m, 4 H), 3.25 - 3.20 (m, 1 H), 2.67 (s, 1 H), 2.49 - 2.30 (m, 4 H), 2.25 - 1.49 (m, 7 H), 1.21 (s, 4 H). [0188] Isomer 2 (Example 17, RT: 6.47): LC-MS (M+H)+: 514.3.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.94 - 8.90 (m, 1 H), 8.18 (t, J = 12.4 Hz, 3 H), 7.91 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 - 7.11 (m, 5 H), 4.07 - 4.01 (m, 2 H), 3.59 - 3.36 (m, 4 H), 2.67 - 2.65 (m, 1 H), 2.40 - 2.36 (m, 1 H), 2.31 - 2.25 (m, 2 H), 1.97 - 1.73 (m, 10 H), 1.49 (s, 3 H). Procedure 3: Synthesis of Example 42 & Example 43
Figure imgf000091_0001
[0189] Preparation of N-(2-oxo-2-{7-[(4s)-4-hydroxy-4-(1,3-thiazol-5-yl)cyclohexyl]-2,7- diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl}ethyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide: To a stirred solution of N-(2- {2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (0.1 g, 0.28 mmol) in THF (8 mL), 4-hydroxy-4-(1,3-thiazol-5-yl)cyclohexan-1-one (55.5 mg, 0.28 mmol) and triethylamine (0.22 mL, 1.69 mmol) were added at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 0.5 h. The reaction mass was again cooled to 0 °C, and NaBH(OAc)3 (118 mg, 0.56 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Progress of the reaction was checked by TLC monitoring, and after completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 solution (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product. The crude was further purified by Preparative HPLC using the conditions below, to give polar isomer (Example 43) and non-polar isomer (Example 42). [0190] Purification: The crude product was purified by chiral preparative HPLC using the following conditions: Column: X Terra C18 (250X19) mm; 10 micron; Mobile phase (A): 0.1% ammonia in water; Mobile phase (B): acetonitrile; Flow rate: 19 mL/min. [0191] Peak 1 (Polar Isomer by TLC, Example 43, RT: 14.99): LC-MS (M+H)+: 537.3.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.90 (s, 2 H), 8.19-8.14 (m, 2 H), 7.90 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (m, J =12 Hz, 2 H), 5.37 (s, 1 H ), 4.05- 3.99 (m, 2 H), 3.54-3.45 (m, 1 H), 3.43- 3.37 (m, 3H), 3.30-3.16 (m, 1 H), 2.39-2.30 (m, 2 H), 2.16-2.07 (m, 3 H), 1.82-1.49 (s, 10 H). [0192] Peak 2 (Non-polar Isomer by TLC, Example 42, RT: 15.66): LC-MS (M+H)+: 537.3.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.95- 8.90 (m, 2 H), 8.19 (t, J = 12 Hz, 2 H), 7.93 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.77-7.72 (m, 2 H), 4.08- 4.03 (m, 2 H), 5.44 (s, 1H), 3.57 (s, 1 H), 3.45-3.31 (m, 2 H), 3.22-3.19 (m, 1 H), 2.64-2.61 (m, 2 H), 2.10-2.08 (m, 1 H), 1.95-1.89 (m, 4 H), 1.83- 1.74 (m, 9 H). [0193] Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (LC-MS) data for select compounds is provided in the Table below: Ex. No LC-MS (ES) Ex. No LC-MS (ES) Ex. No LC-MS (ES)
Figure imgf000092_0003
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000092_0002
Scheme 1: Synthetic of 4-hydroxy-4-(5-(pyrimidin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexan-1-one
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000093_0002
Step-1: 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4
Figure imgf000093_0003
-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol
Figure imgf000093_0004
[0194] To a solution of 2,5-dibromopyridine (40 g, 168.8 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous toluene (300 mL) at -78 °C, n-BuLi (1.6 M, 126.4 ml, 202.8 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added dropwise. After being stirred at -78 °C for 2.5 h, a solution of 1,4-dioxa-spiro[4.5]decan-8-one (26.4 g, 168.8 mmol, 1 eq) in toluene (40 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h at -78 °C and allowed to warm to room temperature slowly. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into aqueous NaHCO3 (400 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (600 mL x 2). The organic extracts were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum at rotavapor. The resulting solid was purified by combiflash using eluent of 0-15% ethyl acetate/n- hexane to afford 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (34.3 g, 64%). [0195] LCMS (ES) m/z: 316.1 [M+H]+ Step-2: 8-(5-(pyrimidin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol [0196] To a flask (RBF1) containing a degassed (with Ar) solution of 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (3) (34.3 g, 109 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (300 mL), 2.0 M isopropyl magnesium bromide in THF (218 mL, 437 mmol, 4 eq) was added dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 3 h. In another flask (RBF2) was charged THF (60 mL) and nickel(II) acetylacetonate (1.98 g, 7.64 mmol, 0.07 eq), and to this mixture 1,2- bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane (3.04 g, 7.64 mmol, 0.07 eq) was added and stirred for 15 min. To this mixture (RBF2) 2-bromopyrimidine (24.3 g, 153 mmol, 1.4 eq) was added and stirred for 30 min. The resulting suspension (in RBF2) was transferred to the solution in RBF1 at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 12 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution (600 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 400 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated at rotavapor under reduced pressure to yield the crude product. The crude product was further purified using flash MPLC using (4: 6) EA:hexane as mobile phase to afford the title compound (10 g, 29%). [0197] LCMS (ES) m/z: 314.2 [M+H]+ [0198] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.57 - 1.65 (m, 4 H), 1.91 - 1.98 (m, 2 H), 2.22 - 2.29 (m, 2 H), 3.82 - 3.84 (m, 1 H), 3.88 - 3.90 (m, 4 H), 7.49 - 7.51 (m, 1 H), 7.83 - 7.85 (m, 1 H), 8.64 - 8.67 (m, 1 H), 8.94 - 8.96 (m, 2 H), 9.42 - 9.43 (m, 1 H). [0199] The following intermediate was synthesized using general procedure of Step-2 of Scheme 1. Structure LCMS (ES) m/z
Figure imgf000094_0002
Scheme 2: Synthesis of 8-(5-morpholinopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol HN O O Step-1: 8-(
Figure imgf000094_0001
, [0200] To a solution of 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.5 g, 1.59 mmol) and morpholine (180 mg, 1.3 eq., 2.07 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8 mL) was added potassium 2- methylpropan-2-olate (357 mg, 2 eq., 3.18 mmol) and purged with Ar for 10 min. To this mixture were added 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2,4,6-triisopropylbiphenyl (152 mg, 0.2 eq., 318 µmol) and tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) (146 mg, 0.1 eq., 159 µmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (15 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product. The crude material was purified by ethyl acetate in n-heptane as an eluent to afford 8-(5-morpholinopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.2 g, 39%). [0201] LCMS (ES) m/z: 321.2 [M+H]+ [0202] 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.17 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (s, 1H), 4.00-3.98 (m, 4H), 3.88-3.81 (m, 4H), 3.18-3.16 (m, 4H), 2.21-2.0 (m, 4H), 1.70 (t, J = 11.2 Hz, 4H). [0203] The following intermediates were synthesized using scheme 2. Structure LCMS (ES) m/z
Figure imgf000094_0003
Scheme 3: Synthesis of 8-(5-morpholinopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol NHO O OH Br OH
Figure imgf000095_0001
Step 1: Synthesis of 1-(6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridin-3-yl)piperidin-4-ol [0204] To a stirred solution of 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (1.1 g, 3.46 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (12 ml) were added sodium 2-methylpropan-2-olate (665 mg, 6.92 mmol, 3 eq) and piperidin-4-ol (350 mg, 3.46 mmol, 1 eq). The reaction mixture was purged with N2 for 15 min. Davephos (410 mg, 1.04 mmol, 0.2 eq) and Pd2(dba)3 (634 mg, 0.692 mmol, 0.1 eq) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then quenched with water (5 mL) extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product (210 mg, 14%). [0205] LCMS (ES) m/z: 335.1 Scheme 4: Synthesis of 8-(5-(2,6-dimethylmorpholino)pyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8- ol
Figure imgf000095_0002
Step 1: Preparation of 8-[5-(2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan- 8-ol [0206] To a stirred solution of 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.5 g, 1.59 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) were added 2,6-dimethylmorpholine (0.275 g, 2.39 mmol, 1.5 eq) and cesium carbonate (1.56 g, 4.77 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was purged with Ar for 5 minutes, then [5-(diphenylphosphanyl)-9,9-dimethyl-9H-xanthen-4-yl]diphenylphosphane (0.138 g, 0.239 mmol, 0.15 eq) and palladium(2+) diacetate (0.036 g, 0.159 mmol, 0.1 eq) were added portionwise under Ar atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The progress of the reaction mixture was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (25 mL) and extracted by using ethyl acetate (25 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum to yield the crude compound. The crude compound was purified by flash column chromatography using 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluents to afford 8-[5-(2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.2 g, 36%). LCMS (ES) m/z: 349.3 [M+H]+ [0207] The following intermediates were synthesized using scheme 4. Structure LCMS (ESI) m/z
Figure imgf000096_0002
Scheme 5: Synthesis of 4-(6-(8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)pyridin-3- yl)thiomorpholine 1,1-dioxide
Figure imgf000096_0001
Step-1: Synthesis of 4-(6-(8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)pyridin-3-yl)thiomorpholine 1,1-dioxide [0208] To a solution of 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (1 g, 3.18 mmol) and 1λ⁶-thiomorpholine-1,1-dione (559 mg, 1.3 eq., 4.14 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was added cesium carbonate (3.11 g, 3 eq., 9.55 mmol) and the reaction mixture was purged with Ar for 10 min. Dicyclohexyl[2',4',6'-tris(propan-2-yl)-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yl]phosphane (303 mg, 0.2 eq., 637 µmol) and tris(1,5-diphenylpenta-1,4-dien-3-one) dipalladium (291 mg, 0.1 eq., 318 µmol) were added to the reaction mixture and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude compound. The crude product was purified by flash column MPLC using 5% MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford 4-(6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridin-3-yl)- 1λ⁶-thiomorpholine-1,1-dione (0.85 g, 72%). LCMS (ES) m/z: 369.2 [M+H]+ [0209] The following intermediates were synthesized using scheme 5. Structure LCMS (ES) m/z
Figure imgf000097_0003
Scheme 6: Synthesis of 8-[5-(2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol Step-1: 8-[5-(2H-1
Figure imgf000097_0001
, , , . 8-ol [0210] To a stirred solution of 2H-1,2,3-triazole (87.9 mg, 1.27 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) were added CuI (24.2 mg, 0.1 eq., 127 µmol), DMEDA (554 µL, 4 eq., 5.09 mmol), K2CO3 (352 mg, 2 eq., 2.55 mmol), and 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.4 g, 1.27 mmol) and stirred at 140 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water (30 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 ml). The organic phase was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to yield the crude which was purified by chromatography using 30% EA/heptane to afford 8-[5-(2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (360 mg, 89%). LCMS (ES) m/z: 303.1[M+H]+ Scheme 7: Synthesis of 8-(3-fluoro-[2,3'-bipyridin]-6'-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol
Figure imgf000097_0002
Step-1: Synthesis of 8-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol [0211] To a stirred solution of 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.6 g, 1.91 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (6 mL) was added 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (582 mg, 1.2 eq., 2.29 mmol), followed by potassium acetate (562 mg, 3 eq., 5.73 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with N2 atmosphere for 10 mins, then 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) dichloromethane complex (156 mg, 0.1 eq., 191 µmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 8-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol as a crude product. LCMS (ES) m/z: 280.1 [M+H]+ (boronic acid mass) Step-2: Synthesis of 8-{3-fluoro-[2,3'-bipyridin]-6'-yl}-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol [0212] To a stirred solution of 8-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.6 g, 1.66 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (6 ml) and water (3 mL) were added 2-bromo-3-fluoropyridine (292 mg, 1.66 mmol, 1 eq) and potassium carbonate (689 mg, 4.98 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was purged under N2 atmosphere for 10 mins, then 1,1′- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) dichloromethane complex (68 mg, 0.083 mmol, 0.05 eq) was added portionwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 115 °C for 1h under microwave irradiation. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was quenched with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL), and the combined organic layer was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude which was purified by flash column chromatography (50% EtOAc in hexane) to afford 8-{3-fluoro-[2,3'- bipyridin]-6'-yl}-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (350 mg, 20%). LCMS (ES) m/z: 331.1 [M+H]+ [0213] The following intermediates were synthesized using scheme 7. Structure LCMS (ES) m/z
Figure imgf000098_0001
Scheme 8: Synthesis of methyl 4-oxo-1-(pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate
Figure imgf000099_0001
Step 1: Synthesis of 4-oxo-1-(pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid [0214] A mixture of 4-oxo-1-(pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile (480 mg, 2.4 mmol) in 2- methoxyethan-1-ol (7 mL) and 2.5 N sodium hydroxide (7 mL, 17.5 mmol) was heated at 100 °C for 16 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. Once the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was acidified with concentrated HCl up to pH = 2.0 and evaporated to dryness under vacuum to afford 4-oxo-1-(pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid (2.5 g) as a crude product. LCMS (ES) m/z: 220.0 [M+H]+ Step 2: Synthesis of methyl 4-oxo-1-(pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate [0215] To a solution of 4-oxo-1-(pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid (2.5 g, 11.4 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) was added iodomethane (1.42 mL, 2 eq., 22.8 mmol) at room temperature followed by the addition of potassium carbonate (7.88 g, 5 eq., 57 mmol) in one portion and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. Once the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude compound, which was further purified by flash column MPLC chromatography using 5% MeOH in DCM as an eluent to afford methyl 4-oxo-1-(pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (230 mg, 9 %). LCMS (ES) m/z: 234.1 [M+H]+
Scheme 9: Synthesis of 6-(1-hydroxy-4-oxocyclohexyl)nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000100_0001
Step : Preparat on o 6-(8-hydroxy- , -d oxaspro[ .5]decan-8-yl)n cot non tr le [0216] To a mixture of DMF:water (5:1, 6 mL) were added 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.2 g, mmol, 1 eq), zinc cyanide (0.04 g, 0.38 mmol, 0.6 eq) and Ι,Γ- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.03 g, 0.06 mmol, 0.1 eq) and the mixture was degassed for 20 min. To this was added tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.02 g, 0.03 mmol, 0.05 eq) and the mixture was heated to 120 °C. After stirring for 16 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. To the mixture was added a saturated solution of ammonium chloride and extracted with EtOAc-heptane (2 x 50 mL), and the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to yield the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography using 20% EtOAc-heptane as eluent to afford 6-{8-hydroxy-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridine-3-carbonitrile (0.13 g, 78% yield). LCMS (ES) m/z: 261.1 [M+H]+ Step-2: Preparation of 6-(1-hydroxy-4-oxocyclohexyl)nicotinonitrile [0217] To a stirred solution of 6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridine-3-carbonitrile (0.13 g, 0.49 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (4 mL) was added 4N HCl dropwise while cooling, then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction progress was checked by TLC monitoring. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an aqueous residue, which was basified with solid NaHCO3 to pH = 8~9. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), and the combined organic layer was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 6-(1-hydroxy-4- oxocyclohexyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile (0.09 g, 83% yield). LCMS (ES) m/z: 217.1 [M+H]+ Step 3: Preparation of 6-(1-hydroxy-4-oxocyclohexyl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid. [0218] To a stirred solution of 6-(1-hydroxy-4-oxocyclohexyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile (0.2 g, 0.92 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) and water (6 mL) was added concentrated HCl (0.5 mL) dropwise while cooling, then the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction progress was checked by TLC monitoring, and after completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 6-(1-hydroxy-4-oxocyclohexyl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (0.18 g, 82 % yield). LCMS (ES) m/z: 236.1 [M+H]+ Scheme 10: Synthesis of 8-(5-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol Step-
Figure imgf000101_0001
, , [0219] To a solution of 6-bromopyridine-3-carbaldehyde (2 g, 10.8 mmol) in oxolane (5 mL) at 20 °C were added K2CO3 (149 mg, 0.1 eq., 1.08 mmol) and trimethyl(trifluoromethyl)silane (2.39 mL, 1.5 eq., 16.1 mmol) and stirred for 4 h. TBAF (9.37 mL, 3 eq., 32.3 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 4 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 2). The organic extracts were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to afford the crude which was purified by MPLC using 30% EA/heptane to afford 1-(6-bromopyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethan-1-ol (1.5 g, 53%). [0220] LCMS (ES) m/z: 257.9 [M+H]+ Step-2: 8-[5-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol [0221] To a solution of 1-(6-bromopyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethan-1-ol (0.5 g, 1.95 mmol) in oxolane (5 mL) at -78 °C, n-BuLi (5 mL, 1.5 eq., 2.93 mmol) was added dropwise. After being stirred at -78 °C for 2.5 h, a solution of 1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-one (305 mg, 1.95 mmol) in THF (5mL) was added into the reaction mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h at -78 °C and allowed to warm to room temperature slowly. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous NH4Cl (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (500 mL x 2). The organic extracts were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to afford the crude which was purified by MPLC using 60% EA/heptane to afford 8-[5-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.6 g, 42%). LCMS (ES) m/z: 334[M+H]+ Procedure 4: Compounds synthesized using Scheme 1 to Scheme 10 are converted into corresponding final compounds using below general scheme Scheme 11 S
Figure imgf000102_0001
ep- : enera proce ure or e-pro ec on o , - oxa ane group [0222] To a stirred solution of Intermediate 1 (3 mmol) in THF (10 mL), 4 N HCl in water (10 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction progress was monitored by TLC (50% EA in heptane). Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at rotavapor to yield an aqueous residue, which was basified with saturated aqueous Na2CO3 solution to pH = 8~9 (pH paper). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield Intermediate 2. Step-2: General procedure for reductive amination [0223] To a stirred solution of N-(2-oxo-2-(2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl)ethyl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide (3) (20 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0 °C were added the corresponding keto compound (Intermediate 2) and triethylamine (100 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, then NaBH(OAc)3 (20 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution at room temperature and diluted with water (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted using ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product. Crude compound was further purified using preparative TLC using 1 to 10% methanolic ammonia in DCM or in EA to afford the nonpolar and polar isomer. [0224] The following compounds were prepared according to the procedures above using the appropriate starting materials. LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000103_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000104_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000105_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000106_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000107_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000108_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000109_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000110_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000111_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000112_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000113_0001
LC-MS Ex. 1H NMR +
Figure imgf000114_0002
Scheme 12: Synthesis of 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol
Figure imgf000114_0001
Step-1: 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol [0225] To a solution of 2,5-dibromopyridine (40 g, 168.8 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous toluene (300 mL) at -78 °C, n-BuLi (1.6 M, 126.4 mL, 202.8 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added dropwise. After being stirred at –78 °C for 2.5 hours, a solution of 1,4-dioxa-spiro[4.5]decan-8-one (26.4 g, 168.8 mmol, 1 eq) in toluene (40 mL) was added in to the reaction mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour at –78 °C and allowed to warm to room temperature slowly. After completion of the reaction mixture was poured into aqueous NaHCO3 (400 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (600 mL x 2). The organic extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum at rotavapor. The resulting product was purified by using combiflash using eluent of 0 - 15 % ethyl acetate/n-hexane to afford 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (34.3 g, 64 %). LCMS (ES) m/z: 316.1 [M+H]+ Scheme 13: Synthesis of N-(2-{2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide hydrochloride
Figure imgf000115_0001
Step-1: tert-butyl 7-(2-{[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]formamido}acetyl)-2,7- diazaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate [0226] To a stirred solution of 2-{[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]formamido}acetic acid (109 mg, 442 µmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) were added PyBOP (230 mg, 442 µmol) and triethylamine (124 µL, 2 eq., 884 µmol) and was added tert-butyl 2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (0.1 g, 442 µmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hours. The reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into cold water (30 mL), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to obtain crude tert-butyl 7-(2-{[3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]formamido}acetyl)-2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (130 mg, 64%). LCMS m/z: 456.2 (M+H)+ Step-2: N-(2-{2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide hydrochloride [0227] To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 7-(2-{[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]formamido}acetyl)-2,7- diazaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (120 mg, 0.25 eq., 263 µmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) were added 4N HCl in dioxane (3 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hours. The reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to obtain crude N-(2-{2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide hydrochloride (80 mg, 19.25%). LCMS m/z: 356.2 [M+H]+. Scheme 14: Synthesis of 1-(6-(8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-4- methylpiperidin-4-ol
Figure imgf000115_0002
Step 1: Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate [0228] To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate (3 g, 5.02 mmol) in diethyl ether (25 mL) at 0°C was added methyl magnesium bromide (7.53 mL, 5.1 mmol). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was quenched with NaHCO3 (25 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 200 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography using 35% of EtOAc : hexane to afford tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (2.2 g, 68%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 5.31 (s, 1H), 4.12 - 3.87 (m, 4H), 3.28 – 3.21 (m, 4H), 1.50 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 9H). Step 2: Synthesis of 4-methylpiperidin-4-ol hydrochloride [0229] To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (2.2 g, 10.2 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C was added 4 M HCl in dioxane (8 mL, 10.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h. Then reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure to get the crude product (1.2 g, 80%) as the HCl salt. Crude product was taken for next step without further purification.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 8.97 – 8.85 (bd, 2H), 5.53 (s, 1 H), 3.74 - 3.39 (m, 4 H), 1.71 – 1.43 (m, 4 H), 1.11 (s, 3 H). Step 3: Synthesis of 1-(6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridin-3-yl)-4- methylpiperidin-4-ol [0230] To a stirred solution of 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (2.59 g, 8.24 mmol) and 4-methylpiperidin-4-ol hydrochloride (1.2 g, 8.24 mmol) in dioxane (40 mL) were added Cesium carbonate (8.06 g, 8.24 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with argon for 15 min and then (S)-BINAP (1.03 g, 8.24 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (185 mg, 8.24 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After the completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 250 mL), combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography using 60-64% of EtOAc:hexane to afford 1-(6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridin-3-yl)-4-methylpiperidin-4-ol (400 mg, 14%). LCMS (ES) m/z: 349.1 [M+H]+ [0231] The following compound was synthesized using scheme 14. Structure LCMS (ESI) m/z
Figure imgf000116_0001
Scheme 15: 4-(6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridin-3-yl)-1-methylpiperidin-2- one
Figure imgf000117_0001
Step-1: Synthesis of 8-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol [0232] To a stirred solution of 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.6 g, 1.91 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (6 mL) was added 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (582 mg, 1.2 eq., 2.29 mmol) followed by potassium acetate (562 mg, 3 eq., 5.73 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen atmosphere for 10 mins, after which 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), complex with dichloromethane (156 mg, 0.1 eq., 191 µmol), was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was quenched with water (5 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 8-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (0.5 g, crude). LCMS (ES) m/z: 280.1 [M+H]+ (boronic acid mass) Step-2: 6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}-1'-methyl-1',2'-dihydro-[3,4'-bipyridin]-2'- one [0233] To a stirred solution of 8-[5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (1 g, 1.2 eq., 2.77 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) and water (5 mL) was added 4-bromo-1-methyl-1,2-dihydropyridin-2-one (434 mg, 2.31 mmol) and dipotassium carbonate (956 mg, 3 eq., 6.92 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with argon for 10 mins, followed by the addition of tetrakis(triphenylphosphane) palladium (267 mg, 0.1 eq., 231 µmol), and reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then quenched with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL), the combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude compound. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography eluted on 11 % MeOH - DCM to afford 6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}-1'-methyl-1',2'-dihydro-[3,4'-bipyridin]-2'-one (0.4 g, 50.64 % yield). LC-MS (m/z) = 343.2 [M+H]+ Step-3: 4-(6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridin-3-yl)-1-methylpiperidin-2-one [0234] To a stirred solution of 6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}-1'-methyl-1',2'-dihydro- [3,4'-bipyridin]-2'-one (380 mg, 1.11 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) was added palladium (236 mg, 2 eq., 2.22 mmol), and the reaction was allowed to stir at rt for 6 h under hydrogen bladder. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a celite bed and washed with methanol. The methanol fractions were concentrated in vacuo to give crude product, which was further purified by flash column chromatography and the product was eluted with 17% of MeOH: DCM to afford 4-(6-{8- hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridin-3-yl)-1-methylpiperidin-2-one (250 mg, 65.02%). LC-MS (m/z) = 347.2 [M+H]+ Scheme 16: (E)-N'-hydroxy-6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridine-3- carboximidamide St
Figure imgf000118_0001
ep-1: 6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridine-3-carbonitrile [0235] To a mixture of DMF:water (2:1, 60 mL:30 mL) was added 8-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (3 g, 9.55 mmol), zinc cyanide (673 mg, 0.6 eq., 5.73 mmol) and λ²- iron(2+) bis(1-(diphenylphosphanyl)cyclopenta-2,4-dien-1-ide) (529 mg, 0.1 eq., 955 µmol) and the reaction was degassed for 20 mins. To this was added tris((1E,4E)-1,5-diphenylpenta-1,4-dien-3-one) palladium (386 mg, 0.05 eq., 477 µmol) and the reaction was heated at 120 °C. After stirring for 16 h, reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. To it was added mixture of saturated solution of ammonium chloride (100 mL) which was extracted with EtOAc (2x100 mL), dried, and concentrated to get crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography and the product was eluted on 45% EtOAc - heptane as the eluent to afford 6-{8-hydroxy-1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridine-3-carbonitrile (1.6 g, 64.37% yield). LC-MS (m/z) = 261.1 [M+H]+ Step-2: (E)-N'-hydroxy-6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridine-3- carboximidamide [0236] To a stirred solution of 6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridine-3-carbonitrile (0.6 g, 2.31 mmol) in ethanol (60 mL, 1.03 mol) was added hydrogen hydroxylamine chloride (481 mg, 3 eq., 6.92 mmol) and triethylamine (964 µL, 3 eq., 6.92 mmol) at rt, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80℃ for 6 h. After stirring for 6 h, reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated to get crude product, which was further diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2*50 mL). The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to get crude (E)-N'-hydroxy-6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridine-3- carboximidamide (350 mg, 51.76%), and 150 mg (22.18%) of the compound was isolated from aqueous layer by direct evaporation of aqueous layer. LC-MS (m/z) = 294.2 [M+H]+ Scheme 17: Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-4-(5-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexan-1-one Step-1
Figure imgf000119_0001
: Synthesis of methyl 6-(8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)nicotinate: [0237] To a solution of methyl 6-bromopyridine-3-carboxylate (2 g, 9.26 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at -78 °C, butyllithium in hexane (2M) (7.4 mL, 2 eq., 18.5 mmol) was added dropwise. After being stirred at –78 °C for 0.5 hours, a solution of 1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-one (1.74 g, 1.2 eq., 11.1 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added in to the reaction mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour at –78 °C and allowed to warm to room temperature slowly. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous NH4Cl (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 2). The organic extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting product was purified by using combiflash and eluent used as 0 - 15 % ethyl acetate/n-hexane to afford methyl 6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridine-3-carboxylate (0.5 g, 18.41 % yield). LC-MS (ES) m/z : 294.1 [M+H]+ Step-2: Synthesis of 8-(5-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol: [0238] A stirred solution of methyl 6-{8-hydroxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl}pyridine-3- carboxylate (0.4 g, 1.36 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere was prepared, at which point the reaction mixture was cooled 0°C and methyl magnesium bromide solution 3.0 M in diethyl ether 1.64 mL was added dropwise and the reaction stirred for an additional 16 h at room temperature. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride 20 mL and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 X 20 mL), the organic layers were washed with brine solution, dried over by sodium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 40% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent to afford of 8-[5-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl]-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (245 mg, 61.24% yield). LC-MS (ES) m/z : 294.2 [M+H]+ [0239] The following compounds were synthesized using the schemes above. Structure LCMS (ESI) m/z
Figure imgf000120_0001
Procedure 5: Compounds synthesized using Scheme 12 to Scheme 17 are converted into corresponding final compound using below general scheme
Figure imgf000121_0001
[0240] To a stirred solution of Intermediate 1 (3 mmol) in THF (10 mL), 4N HCl in water (10 mL) was added drop wise under cooling condition (0 oC), then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction progress was monitored by TLC (50% E.A in heptane). Upon completion, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at rotavapor to get the aqueous residue, which was basified with saturated Na2CO3 to pH 8~9 (pH paper), then the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic layers was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 2. Step-2: General procedure for reductive amination [0241] To a stirred solution of N-(2-{octahydropyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrol-1-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide (3) (20 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0 °C, the corresponding keto compound (Intermediate 2) and triethylamine (100 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, then sodium triacetoxy borohydride (20 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with aq. sodium bicarbonate solution at rt and diluted with water (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted using ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to get the crude product. Crude product was further purified using preparative TLC using (1 to 10% methanolic ammonia in DCM or in ethylacetate) to afford non polar and polar isomer. [0242] The following compounds were prepared according to Procedure 5. LC-MS 1H NMR -
Figure imgf000122_0001
LC-MS 1H NMR
Figure imgf000123_0001
LC-MS 1H NMR
Figure imgf000124_0001
LC-MS 1H NMR
Figure imgf000125_0001
BIOCHEMICAL EXAMPLE 1 Chemiluminescence assay of the Compounds [0243] The ability of compounds to inhibit the activation of CCR2 receptor was measured using PathHunter β-Arrestin engineered cell lines (DiscoverX; 93-0192C1) and Chemiluminescence method, by detecting β-Arrestin recruitment. The assay procedure is as follows: 5000 cells in 20 µL of plating medium (DiscoverX; 93-0563R7A) were seeded into a white Opaque 384-well microplate (Perkin Elmer Cat# 6007680) and incubated overnight at 37 °C and 5% CO2. Next, 5 µL of diluted compounds (6X) in assay buffer (HBSS; 20 mM HEPES) was added to the 384 well plate and incubated at 37 °C and 5% CO2 for 30 min. Following this 5 µL of 6X agonist/ligand MCP-1 (PeproTech; 300-04-250) to final 10 nM concentration was added and incubated at 37 °C and 5% CO2 for 90 min. Finally, the reaction was terminated by addition of 15 µL of detection reagent (DiscoverX; 93-0001) which was incubated at room temperature for 1 h in the dark. Plates were then read on a Perkin Elmer Envision for Luminescence signal (using luminescence 700 filter). Each assay plate included wells with no ligand added (unstimulated cell control), wells with ligand alone (MAX stimulated cell control), wells with ligand and reference compound (100% inhibition-MIN control). Percent inhibition was calculated after normalizing to MIN & MAX controls. The IC50 of compounds was calculated by GraphPad Prism software (5) using non-linear regression, by plotting percent inhibition versus compound concentration. [0244] Activity of the tested compounds is provided in Table 3 as follows: ++++ = IC50 ≤ 0.5 µM; +++ = IC50 > 0.5 µM to < 1 µM; ++ = IC501 to < 3 µM; + = IC50 ≥ 3 µM. Table 3av Ex. Activity Ex. Activity Ex. Activity Ex. Activity 1 24 4
Figure imgf000126_0004
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000126_0002
Figure imgf000126_0003
BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLE 2 Calcium mobilization assay [0245] The ability of compounds to inhibit the activation of CCR2 receptor was measured in THP-1 cells (ATCC; TIB-202) using a fluorescence method by detecting intracellular calcium flux. The assay procedure is as follows: 20000 cells in 20 µL of assay buffer (HBSS; 20 mM HEPES) were seeded into an optically clear bottom 384-well microplate (Perkin Elmer Cat# 6007550) and incubated for 1 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2. Then cells were loaded with calcium 6 dye (Molecular devices; R8191) following 1 h incubation at 37 °C and 5% CO2. Next 10 µL of diluted compounds (5X) in assay buffer (HBSS; 20mM HEPES) was added to the 384 well plate and incubated at room temperature for 30 min. Following this 10 µL of 6X agonist/ligand MCP-1 (PeproTech; 300-04-250) to final 100 nM conc. was dispensed to the cell plate by FLIPR Penta instrument (Molecular devices) and the fluorescent signal was scanned at every second over 1 minute to measure changes in intracellular calcium levels. Each assay plate included wells with no ligand added (unstimulated cell control), wells with ligand alone (MAX stimulated cell control), wells with ligand and reference compound (100% inhibition-MIN control). Percent inhibition was calculated after normalizing to MIN & MAX controls. The IC50 of compounds was calculated by GraphPad Prism software (5) using non-linear regression, by plotting percent inhibition versus compound concentration. [0246] Activity of the tested compounds is provided in Table 4 as follows: ++++ = IC50 ≤ 0.5 µM; +++ = IC50 > 0.5 µM to < 1 µM; ++ = IC501 to < 3 µM; + = IC50 ≥ 3 µM. Table 4 Ex. Activity Ex. Activity Ex. Activity Ex. Activity 1 1 44
Figure imgf000127_0004
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000127_0002
Figure imgf000127_0003
[0247] Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. [0248] This disclosure illustratively described herein may suitably be practiced in the absence of any element or elements, limitation or limitations, not specifically disclosed herein. Thus, for example, the terms “comprising,” “including,” “containing,” etc. shall be read expansively and without limitation. Additionally, the terms and expressions employed herein have been used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention in the use of such terms and expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof, but it is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the disclosure. [0249] All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety, to the same extent as if each were incorporated by reference individually. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. [0250] It is to be understood that while the disclosure has been described in conjunction with the above embodiments, that the foregoing description and examples are intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the disclosure. Other aspects, advantages and modifications within the scope of the disclosure will be apparent to those skilled in the art to which the disclosure pertains.

Claims

What is claimed is: 1. A compound of Formula I: I or a pharmaceut
Figure imgf000128_0001
g, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1; R1 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR11, -N(R11)2, -C(O)R11, -C(O)OR11, -OC(O)R11, -C(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)R11, -OC(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)OR11, -S(O)0-2R11, -NR11S(O)1-2R11, -NR11C(O)N(R11)2, or -NR11S(O)1-2N(R11)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to six Z1; R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L1-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L1-heterocyclyl, -L1-aryl, or -L1-heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; or R2 and R3 together with the atom(s) to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; L1 is -O-, -NR7C(O)-, -C(O)NR7-, -C(O)NR7-C1-3 alkylene-, or -NR7(O)-C1-3 alkylene-; each R3 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR13, -N(R13)2, -C(O)R13, -C(O)OR13, -OC(O)R13, -C(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)R13, -OC(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)OR13, -S(O)0-2R13, -NR13S(O)1-2R13, -NR13C(O)N(R13)2, or -NR13S(O)1-2N(R13)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to six Z1; or two R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R4 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein the C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR15, -N(R15)2, -C(O)R15, -C(O)OR15, -OC(O)R15, -C(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)R15, -OC(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)OR15, -S(O)0-2R15, -NR15S(O)1-2R15, -NR15C(O)N(R15)2, or -NR15S(O)1-2N(R15)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; R7 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each Z1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10, -N(R10)2, -C(O)R10, -C(O)OR10, -OC(O)R10, -C(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)R10, -OC(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)OR10, -S(O)0-2R10, -NR10S(O)1-2R10, -NR10C(O)N(R10)2, or -NR10S(O)1-2N(R10)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R11 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R13 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R15 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each Z1a is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10a, -N(R10a)2, -C(O)R10a, -C(O)OR10a, -OC(O)R10a, -C(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10C(O)R10a, -OC(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10aC(O)OR10a, -S(O)0-2R10a, -NR10aS(O)1-2R10a, -NR10aC(O)N(R10a)2, or -NR10aS(O)1-2N(R10a)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each R10a is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each Z1b is independently halo, cyano, -OH, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L-C1-6 alkyl, -L-C2-6 alkenyl, -L-C2-6 alkynyl, -L-C1-6 haloalkyl, -L-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L-heterocyclyl, -L-aryl, or -L-heteroaryl; and each L is independently -O-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -N(heterocyclyl)-, -N(aryl)-, -N(heteroaryl)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -C(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -C(O)N(aryl)-, -C(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -OC(O)NH-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -OC(O)N(aryl)-, -OC(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -NHC(O)-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)-, -N(aryl)C(O)-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)-, -NHC(O)O-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)O-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)O-, -N(aryl)C(O)O-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)O-, -NHC(O)NH-, -NHS(O)-, -NHS(O)2NH, -S(O)NH-, -S(O)2NH, -NHS(O)NH-, or -NHS(O)2NH-; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl of Z1b and L is further independently optionally substituted with one to five halo, cyano, hydroxy, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. 2. A compound of Formula II: II
Figure imgf000130_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically enriched analog, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, wherein: n is 0, 1, or 2; m is 0, 1, or 2; t is 0, 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1; R1 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR11, -N(R11)2, -C(O)R11, -C(O)OR11, -OC(O)R11, -C(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)R11, -OC(O)N(R11)2, -NR11C(O)OR11, -S(O)0-2R11, -NR11S(O)1-2R11, -NR11C(O)N(R11)2, or -NR11S(O)1-2N(R11)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to six Z1; R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L1-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L1-heterocyclyl, -L1-aryl, or -L1-heteroaryl; wherein each C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1; or R2 and R3 together with the atom(s) to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; L1 is -O-, -NR7C(O)-, -C(O)NR7-, -C(O)NR7-C1-3 alkylene-, or -NR7(O)-C1-3 alkylene-; each R3 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR13, -N(R13)2, -C(O)R13, -C(O)OR13, -OC(O)R13, -C(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)R13, -OC(O)N(R13)2, -NR13C(O)OR13, -S(O)0-2R13, -NR13S(O)1-2R13, -NR13C(O)N(R13)2, or -NR13S(O)1-2N(R13)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to six Z1; or two R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R4 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein the C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to eight Z1; R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR15, -N(R15)2, -C(O)R15, -C(O)OR15, -OC(O)R15, -C(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)R15, -OC(O)N(R15)2, -NR15C(O)OR15, -S(O)0-2R15, -NR15S(O)1-2R15, -NR15C(O)N(R15)2, or -NR15S(O)1-2N(R15)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; R7 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each Z1 is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10, -N(R10)2, -C(O)R10, -C(O)OR10, -OC(O)R10, -C(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)R10, -OC(O)N(R10)2, -NR10C(O)OR10, -S(O)0-2R10, -NR10S(O)1-2R10, -NR10C(O)N(R10)2, or -NR10S(O)1-2N(R10)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is indep
Figure imgf000132_0001
ndently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R11 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R13 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each R15 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1a; each Z1a is independently C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -NO2, -SF5, -OR10a, -N(R10a)2, -C(O)R10a, -C(O)OR10a, -OC(O)R10a, -C(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10C(O)R10a, -OC(O)N(R10a)2, -NR10aC(O)OR10a, -S(O)0-2R10a, -NR10aS(O)1-2R10a, -NR10aC(O)N(R10a)2, or -NR10aS(O)1-2N(R10a)2; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each R10a is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with one to five Z1b; each Z1b is independently halo, cyano, -OH, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, -L-C1-6 alkyl, -L-C2-6 alkenyl, -L-C2-6 alkynyl, -L-C1-6 haloalkyl, -L-C3-10 cycloalkyl, -L-heterocyclyl, -L-aryl, or -L-heteroaryl; and each L is independently -O-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -N(heterocyclyl)-, -N(aryl)-, -N(heteroaryl)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -C(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -C(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -C(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -C(O)N(aryl)-, -C(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -OC(O)NH-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 alkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkenyl)-, -OC(O)N(C2-6 alkynyl)-, -OC(O)N(C1-6 haloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)-, -OC(O)N(heterocyclyl)-, -OC(O)N(aryl)-, -OC(O)N(heteroaryl)-, -NHC(O)-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)-, -N(aryl)C(O)-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)-, -NHC(O)O-, -N(C1-6 alkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkenyl)C(O)O-, -N(C2-6 alkynyl)C(O)O-, -N(C1-6 haloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(C3-10 cycloalkyl)C(O)O-, -N(heterocyclyl)C(O)O-, -N(aryl)C(O)O-, -N(heteroaryl)C(O)O-, -NHC(O)NH-, -NHS(O)-, -NHS(O)2NH, -S(O)NH-, -S(O)2NH, -NHS(O)NH-, or -NHS(O)2NH-; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl of Z1b and L is further independently optionally substituted with one to five halo, cyano, hydroxy, -SH, -NH2, -NO2, -SF5, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
3. The compound of claim 2, wherein the compound is represented by Formula IIB: B.
4. The compoun
Figure imgf000133_0001
, .
5. The compound of claim 2, wherein the compound is represented by Formula IIC: IC.
6. The compound
Figure imgf000133_0002
of claim 2, wherein n is 2. 7. The compound of claim 2, wherein the compound is represented by Formula IID: ID.
Figure imgf000133_0003
6. The compound of any one of claims 1-5, wherein m is 0.
7. The compound of any one of claims 1-5, wherein m is 1.
8. The compound of any one of claims 1-5, wherein m is 2.
9. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is represented by Formula IB: B.
10. The compoun
Figure imgf000134_0001
nd is represented by ormula IIE: IE.
11. The compoun
Figure imgf000134_0002
12. The compound of claim 11, wherein ring A is phenyl.
13. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, wherein ring A is heteroaryl.
14. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is represented by Formula IC: IC.
15. The compound o
Figure imgf000134_0003
a y p ece g c a , w e e eac s ependently halo, hydroxy, or - C(O)OR13.
16. The compound of any one of claims 1-15, wherein t is 0 or 1.
17. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein t is 1; and R3 is hydroxy.
18. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is represented by Formula IC: C.
Figure imgf000134_0004
19. The compound of any one of claims 2, 4, or 6, wherein the compound is represented by Formula IIF: IF.
Figure imgf000134_0005
20. The compound of claim 18 or 19, wherein R3 is hydroxy.
21. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is represented by Formula IE: IE.
22. The compound
Figure imgf000135_0001
und is represented by Formula IIG: IG.
23. The compound
Figure imgf000135_0002
lkyl.
24. The compound of claim 23, wherein R1 is trifluoromethyl.
25. The compound of any one of claims 1-24, wherein R2 is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1.
26. The compound of any one of claims 1-25, wherein R2 is aryl optionally substituted with one to five Z1.
27. The compound of any one of claims 1-26, wherein R2 is phenyl optionally substituted with one to five Z1.
28. The compound of any one of claims 1-25, wherein R2 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one to five Z1.
29. The compound of any one of claims 1-25 and 28, wherein R2 is pyridyl or thiazolyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one to five Z1.
30. The compound of any one of claims 1-29, wherein R2 is optionally substituted with one to five heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(O)OR10, or -OR10, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one to five Z1a.
31. The compound of any one of claims 1-30, wherein R2 is optionally substituted with pyrimidinyl, morpholinyl, diazinanyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, -O-C1-6 alkyl , C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, imidazolyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyridazinyl, piperidin-2-onyl, 2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyridinyl, or pyrrolidinyl; wherein each is optionally further substituted with halo, hydroxy, C1-6 alkyl, or C1-6 haloalkyl.
32. The compound of any one of claims 2, 10, 19, or 22, wherein n is 0.
33. The compound of claim 32, wherein R2 is pyridyl.
34. The compound of claim 32 or 33, wherein R3 is hydroxy.
35. The compound of any one of claims 32-33, wherein R2 is substituted with pyrimidyl.
36. A compound selected from Table 1 or Table 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof.
37. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any preceding claim, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
38. A method for treating a disease or condition mediated, at least in part, by CCR2, the method comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of claim 37 to a subject in need thereof.
39. A method for treating inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, neuropathic pain, lupus, systemic lupus erythematosus, fibrosis, immune disorders, transplant rejection, neuroinflammation, acute brain injury, solid tumors, metabolic disease, or cancer, comprising administering an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of claim 37 to a subject in need thereof.
40. The method of claim 39, wherein the disease is systemic lupus erythematosus or lupus nephritis.
41. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1-36, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, for treating a disease or condition mediated, at least in part, by CCR2.
42. The use of claim 41, wherein the disease or condition is inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, neuropathic pain, lupus, systemic lupus erythematosus, fibrosis, immune disorders, transplant rejection, neuroinflammation, acute brain injury, solid tumors, metabolic disease, or cancer.
43. A compound of any one of claims 1-36, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, for use in therapy.
44. A compound of any one of claims 1-36, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, or prodrug thereof, for use in treating systemic lupus erythematosus or lupus nephritis.
PCT/US2022/079093 2021-11-02 2022-11-01 Compounds as crr2 modulators WO2023081665A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202163274915P 2021-11-02 2021-11-02
US63/274,915 2021-11-02
US202263308444P 2022-02-09 2022-02-09
US63/308,444 2022-02-09
US202263309453P 2022-02-11 2022-02-11
US63/309,453 2022-02-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023081665A1 true WO2023081665A1 (en) 2023-05-11

Family

ID=84362193

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2022/079093 WO2023081665A1 (en) 2021-11-02 2022-11-01 Compounds as crr2 modulators

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023081665A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004050024A2 (en) * 2002-11-27 2004-06-17 Incyte Corporation 3-aminopyrrolidine derivatives as modulators of chemokine receptors
WO2012125661A1 (en) * 2011-03-17 2012-09-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivatives useful as ccr2 antagonists
WO2017127306A1 (en) * 2016-01-18 2017-07-27 Arisan Therapeutics Adamatane derivatives for the treatment of filovirus infection

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004050024A2 (en) * 2002-11-27 2004-06-17 Incyte Corporation 3-aminopyrrolidine derivatives as modulators of chemokine receptors
WO2012125661A1 (en) * 2011-03-17 2012-09-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivatives useful as ccr2 antagonists
WO2017127306A1 (en) * 2016-01-18 2017-07-27 Arisan Therapeutics Adamatane derivatives for the treatment of filovirus infection

Non-Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design", 1987, AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION
"Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis", vol. 1-40, 1991, JOHN WILEY, AND SONS
"Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations", vol. 1-5, 1989, ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS
"March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 2001, JOHN WILEY, AND SONS
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1985, MACE PUBLISHING CO.
FOSTER: "Deuterium Isotope Effects in Studies of Drug Metabolism", TRENDS PHARMACOL. SCI., vol. 5, no. 12, 1984, pages 524 - 527, XP025943358, DOI: 10.1016/0165-6147(84)90534-0
T. HIGUCHIV. STELLA: "Design of Prodrugs", vol. 14, 1985, ELSEVIER, article "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems"
WUTS, P. G. M.GREENE, T. W.GREENE, T. W.: "Greene's protective groups in organic synthesis", 2006, WILEY-INTERSCIENCE

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11840529B2 (en) Substituted pyrimidines as LRKK2 inhibitors
ES2908325T3 (en) 2-formyl-3-hydroxyphenyloxymethyl compounds capable of modulating hemoglobin
US11248006B2 (en) Macrocyclic derivative of pyrazol[3,4-d]pyrimidin-3-one, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
US20240140919A1 (en) Modulators of eukaryotic initiation factor 2
ES2327162T3 (en) DERIVATIVES OF AZABICILO (3,1,0) HEXANO USEFUL AS MODULATORS OF DOPAMINE RECEIVERS D3.
WO2019046779A1 (en) Compounds, compositions and methods
WO2020181247A1 (en) Compounds, compositions and methods
AU2020223228A1 (en) Compounds, compositions and methods
EP3924341A1 (en) Compounds, compositions and methods
US20200157081A1 (en) Compounds, compositions and methods
CN115843297A (en) Compounds as BCL-2 inhibitors
WO2018227058A1 (en) Piperidinone formyl peptide 2 receptor agonists
WO2022006433A1 (en) Compounds, compositions and methods
AU2015256038A1 (en) Pyrrolidine GPR40 modulators for the treatment of diseases such as diabetes
WO2023081665A1 (en) Compounds as crr2 modulators
WO2023081661A1 (en) Bicyclic derivatives as ccr2 modulators
WO2023081662A1 (en) Bicyclic derivatives as ccr2 modulators
WO2023081666A1 (en) Compounds as ccr2 modulators
TW200824692A (en) Novel lapachone compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2023288039A1 (en) Compounds, compositions and methods

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22813076

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22813076

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1